Arabic-English Lexicon by Edward William Lane (d. 1876) المعجم العربي الإنجليزي لإدوارد وليام لين

Search results for: ظرف in Arabic-English Lexicon by Edward William Lane (d. 1876) المعجم العربي الإنجليزي لإدوارد وليام لين

ظرف

Entries on ظرف in 15 Arabic dictionaries by the authors Habib Anthony Salmone, An Advanced Learner's Arabic-English Dictionary, Ibn Manẓūr, Lisān al-ʿArab, Arabic-English Lexicon by Edward William Lane, and 12 more

ظرف

1 ظَرُفَ, (T, S, M, &c.,) inf. n. ظَرَافَةٌ, (S, Msb,) or ظَرْفٌ and ظَرَافَةٌ, (T, M, Mgh, * O, K,) but the latter is rare, (K,) allowable in poetry, (T, M,) or, as some say, is of frequent occurrence, and confirmed by analogy, (MF, TA,) said of a man, (S, O,) [or only of a young man, and ظَرُفَــت of a young woman,] He possessed the quality, or qualities, termed ظَرْف meaning as expl. below [i. e. excellence, or elegance, in mind, manners, and address or speech; and in person, countenance, or garb, guise, or external appearance; or all of these qualities combined: he was, or became, clever, ingenious, intelligent, or acute in intellect; well-mannered, well-bred, accomplished, or polite; beautiful in person or countenance; elegant, or graceful; or elegant in garb, guise, or external appearance]. (T, S, O, Msb, K.) A2: See also what here follows.3 ظَاْرَفَ ↓ ظَارَفَنِى فَــظَرَفْــتُهُ [He vied, or contended, with me in ظَرْف] and I was more ظَرِيف (كُنْتُ

↓ أَــظْرَفَ) than he. (IKtt, TA.) 4 اظرف He (a man) had many [ظُرُوف, or] receptacles [of any kind]. (TA.) b2: And He begat, (S, Mgh, O, K,) or had born to him, (M,) children that were ظُرَفَــآء (S, M, O, K) or ظِرَاف [pls. of ظَرِيف, q. v.]. Mgh.) b3: اظرف بِالرَّجُلِ He mentioned the man as possessing ظَرْف. (M, TA.) b4: And اظرف فِى العِبَارَةِ is explainable [as meaning He was elegant, or eloquent, in the expression, or phrase, or speech], if the saying be received from those who are trustworthy: if not, it is correctly أَطْرَفَ, with the unpointed ط; meaning “ he said what was novel and pleasing. ” (Mgh.) A2: اظرف المَتَاعَ, (O,) in the K, erroneously, فُلَانًا, (TA,) He put, or assigned, or made, a ظَرْف [or receptacle] for the goods. (O, TA.) 5 تــظرّف He affected ظَرْف; (S, O, K;) as also ↓ تظارف. (TA.) One says, فُلَانٌ يَتَــظَرَّفُ وَلَيْسَ بِظَرِيفٍ [Such a one affects ظَرْف and he is not ظَرِيف]. (TA.) 6 تَظَاْرَفَ see the next preceding paragraph.10 استــظرفــهُ He found him [or held him] to be ظَرِيف. (O, * TA.) ظَرْفٌ A receptacle (Lth, T, S, M, Mgh, O, Msb, K) of anything; (Lth, T, M;) [a vessel, or vase;] an إِبْرِيق is thus termed as being a ظرف for what is in it: (Lth, T, TA:) and AHn applies it to a seed-vessel, or pericarp, or a cell of a pericarp: (M, TA:) [and it is also applied to a case, or cover, for a book or the like:] the pl. is ظُرُوفٌ: (T, S, * M, Mgh, O, Msb, K:) أَظْرَافٌ is a mistake. (Mgh.) [Applying it to a vessel of silver,] Har uses it as meaning “ silver. ” (P.614 [referring to a phrase in p. 213].) One says, أَخَذْتُ المَتَاعَ بِــظَرْفِــهِ [I took the goods with the receptacle thereof]. (A, TA.) And hence, (A, TA,) رَأَيْتُهُ بِــظَرْفِــهِ (tropical:) I saw him himself. (A, O, K, TA.) And هُوَ نَقِىُّ الــظَّرْفِ (tropical:) He is faithful, (O, K, TA,) not treacherous. (M, O, K, TA.) b2: And hence (assumed tropical:) [An adverbial noun of place or of time, implying the meaning of the preposition فى; and also by some applied to a noun of place or of time together with that preposition; i. e.] what are termed ظَرْفُ المَكَانِ and الزَّمَانِ, (O,) pl. ظُرُوفُ الزَّمَانِ and المَكَانِ: (S, M: *) the descriptive terms that denote the places [or times] of things are called ظُرُوفٌ: (Lth, T:) they are thus termed by Kh; and by Ks, مَحَالُّ; and by Fr, صِفَاتٌ. (T.) b3: Also [Excellence, or elegance, in mind, manners, and address or speech; and in person, countenance, or garb, guise, or external appearance; or all of these qualities combined:] a term denoting a condition that combines the generality of mental and bodily and extrinsic excellences; likened [by reason of its comprehensiveness] to the receptacle thus called: (Er-Rághib, TA:) or cleverness, ingeniousness, intelligence, or acuteness in intellect; syn. كِيَاسَةٌ, (S, O, K,) or كَيْسٌ, (Mgh, Msb,) and ذَكَآءٌ: (Mgh:) or i. q. بَرَاعَةٌ, and ذَكَآءُ قَلْبٍ; [the former meaning excellence in knowledge, or other qualities; or accomplishment, or perfection, in every excellence, and in goodliness;] ('Eyn, M, O, Msb, K; *) thus accord. to most of the copies of the K [as well as the 'Eyn and M and O and Msb], but correctly بَزَاعَة, with the letter زاى: (TA:) [if so, these two explanations (بَزَاعَةٌ and ذَكَآءُ قَلْبٍ) add nothing to others here given:] or skilfulness (M, K, TA) in a thing (M, TA) is thus termed by the people of El-Yemen: (TA:) or it is in the tongue, (IAar, T, K,) only; (K;) meaning beauty of expression, (M, L, TA,) and eloquence; (L, TA;) and حَلَاوَةٌ is in the eyes, and مَلَاحَةٌ is in the mouth, and جَمَالٌ is in the nose: (IAar, T:) or beauty of garb, guise, or external appearance: (M:) or beauty of face, and of garb, guise, or external appearance: (O, K:) or it is in the face and in the tongue: (Ks, O, K:) or goodliness, or beauty; and أَدَب [as having the meaning first assigned to ظَرْفٌ in this sentence, i. e. excellence, or elegance, in mind, manners, or address or speech; or as meaning good breeding, good manners, politeness, or polite accomplishments]: (Msb:) or, as an inf. n., the being elegant, graceful, or beautiful: and the being intelligent, sagacious, or acute in intellect: (KL:) accord. to the author of the 'Eyn, (O,) it is only an attribute of young men and young women (M, O, Msb, * K) that are acute in intellect, clever, or skilful; (M, O, K;) not of elders, nor of lords, or chiefs: (M, K:) but as meaning كِيْسٌ, it is common to young persons and elders: (Msb:) some of those who affect distinctness of speech by twisting the sides of the mouth say that the word is ↓ ظُرْفٌ, with damm, to distinguish it from ظَرْفٌ meaning “ a receptacle; ” but this is a sheer mistake. (MF, TA.) ظُرْفٌ: see what immediately precedes.

ظَرْفِــيَّةٌ, a term of grammar, The quality of denoting place, or time, adverbially, by a noun implying the meaning of the preposition فِى; and also, accord. to some, by a noun together with that preposition. One says مَنْصُوبٌ عَلَى الــظَّرْفِــيَّةِ, meaning Put in the accusative case as denoting place, or time, adverbially.]

ظُرَافٌ: see ظَرِيفٌ, near the beginning and near the end.

ظَرُوفٌ perhaps signifies Possessing the quality, or qualities, termed ظَرْف, in a great, or an extraordinary degree: used alike as masc. and fem.: for I find it stated that] one says قَيْنَةٌ ظَرُوفٌ [A female slave, or slave-songstress, that is very intelligent or skilful or elegant &c.]. (TA. [But I think it most probable that this is a mistranscripfor قِتْيَةٌ ظُرُوفٌ, a phrase which I find in the T, and there expl. as meaning ظُرَفَــآءُ.]) ظَرِيفٌ Possessing the quality, or qualities, termed ظَرْف; (T, S, M, O, Msb, K;) as also ↓ ظُرَافٌ, (Lh, M, O, K,) the two being like طَوِيلٌ and طُوَالٌ, (O,) [or the latter has an intensive signification, (see طُوَالٌ, and see also the “ Durrat el-Ghowwás,” in De Sacy's Anthol. Gramm. Arabe, p. 48 of the Ar. text,)] and ↓ ظُرَّافٌ, (M, K,) or this last, which is like طُوَّالٌ, denotes more than ظُرَافٌ without teshdeed: (O:) accord. to Mbr, it is derived from ظَرْف signifying “ a receptacle,” as though meaning a receptacle for excellence, or elegance, in mind, manners, or address or speech: (TA:) [it may be rendered, agreeably with explanations of ظَرْفٌ, excellent, or elegant, in mind, manners, and address or speech; and in person, countenance or garb, guise, or external appearance: or clever, ingenious, intelligent, or acute in intellect; well-mannered, well-bred, accomplished, or polite; beautiful in person or countenance; elegant, or graceful; &c.:] and is expl. as meaning eloquent; thus by As and IAar: and possessing knowledge and courage: and goodly, or beautiful, in clothing, and in outer apparel: (TA:) and is used by the people of El-Yemen as meaning skilful: (O:) and, as Ks says, it is applied as an epithet to a tongue, and to a face: (TA:) the pl. of ظَرِيفٌ is ظِرَافٌ (S, M, O, Msb, K) and ظُرَفَــآءُ (T, S, O, Msb, K) and ظَرِيفُونَ (O, K) and ظُرُفٌ, (S, M, IB, K,) a form sometimes used, (IB, TA,) and ظُرُوفٌ, (T, S, M, O, K,) also a form sometimes used, (S, O,) approvable in poetry, (T,) as though formed from ظَرْفٌ, or [anomalous] like مَذَاكِيرُ (S, O, K) accord. to Kh (S, O) and Sb: (TA:) the pl. of ↓ ظُرَافٌ is ظُرَفَــآءُ: (Lh, M, K:) and the pl. of ↓ ظُرَّافٌ is ظُرَّافُونَ: (M, K:) the fem. of ظَرِيفٌ is ظَرِيفَةٌ; and the pl. of this is ظِرَافٌ, (Sb, T, M, Msb, TA,) like a pl. of the masc., (Sb, M, TA,) and ظَرَائِفُ. (T, M, TA.) It is said in a trad. of 'Omar, mentioned by IAar, (Mgh, O, TA,) and by As, (TA,) إِذَا كَانَ اللِّصُّ ظَرِيفًا لَا يُقْطَعُ, (Mgh,) or لَمْ يُقْطَعْ, (O, TA,) meaning When the thief is eloquent (Mgh, O, TA) and intelligent, (Mgh,) he averts from himself the prescribed punishment by his pleading [so that he will not be, or is not, mutilated by amputation of the hand]. (Mgh, O, TA.) ظَرِيفَةٌ, as a subst., A thing, and a saying, that is ظَرِيف, meaning elegant, &c.: pl. ظَرَائِفُ.]

ظُرَّافٌ: see ظَرِيفٌ, near the beginning and near the end.

ظَارِفٌ [is distinguished from ظَرِيفٌ like as شَارِفٌ is from شَرِيفٌ, q. v.]. Lh mentions the saying اُــظْرُفْ إِنْ كُنْتَ ظَارِفًا [Possess thou ظَرْف if thou be one who will possess it]: in meaning the actual state, they said إِنَّهُ لَظَرِيفٌ [Verily he is one who possesses ظَرْف]. (M.) أَــظْرَفُ: see 3. Ks allows the saying, interrogatively, مَا أَــظْرَفُ زَيْدٍ أَلِسَانُهُ أَــظْرَفُ أَمٌ وَجْهُهُ [What is the part that is the more excellent in ظَرْف (or elegance, &c.), of Zeyd? is his tongue the more so, or his face?]. (TA.) يَا مَــظْرَفَــانُ is an expression similar to يَا مَلْكَعَانُ [and مَكْذَبَانُ &c.; meaning O thou who possessest the quality, or qualities, of ظَرْف in a great, or an extraordinary degree]. (A, TA.)

وسط

Entries on وسط in 18 Arabic dictionaries by the authors Al-Fayyūmī, Al-Miṣbāḥ al-Munīr fī Gharīb al-Sharḥ al-Kabīr, Ibn Sīda al-Mursī, Al-Muḥkam wa-l-Muḥīṭ al-Aʿẓam, Zayn al-Dīn al-Razī, Mukhtār al-Ṣiḥāḥ, and 15 more

وسط



وَسُوطٌ A middle-sized tent of goats hair: see مِظَلَّةٌ.

وسط

1 وَسَطَ القَوْمَ, aor. ـِ inf. n. وَسْطٌ (S, Msb, K) [and وُسُوطٌ (as shown below)] and سِطَةٌ, (S, K,) He sat, [or was, or became,] in the middle, or midst, of the people, or company of men; (K;) or among them: (TA;) i. q. ↓ توسّطهُمْ; (S, K;) or بَيْنَهُمْ ↓ توسّط: (Msb:) and in like manner, وَسَطَ المَكَانَ [he was, or became, or sat, in the middle, or midst, of the place]: (Msb:) and وَسَطَ الشَّىْءَ, and ↓ وسّطهُ, and ↓ توسّطهُ, he was, or became, in the middle, or midst, of the thing: and [in like manner] وُسُوطُ الشَّمْسِ signifies السَّمَآءَ ↓ تَوَسُّطُهَا [The sun's being, or becoming, in the middle, or midst, of the sky]. (M.) b2: وَسَطَ الشَّىْءَ also signifies He, or it, was, or became, in the best part of the thing, most remote from the two extremes. (TA.) And وَسَطَهُ He alighted, or took up his abode, in, or among, the best, or most generous, thereof. (M.) and وَسَطَ الرَّجُلُ قَوْمَهُ, and فِى قَوْمِهِ, inf. n. وَسَاطَةٌ, The man occupied, or held, a middle place, [meaning the best place, or one of the best places,] among his people, in respect of truth and equity. (Msb.) And وَسَطَ قَوْمَهُ فِى الحَسَبِ, aor. ـِ inf. n. سِطَةٌ, [He held a middle, or good, or the best, rank among his people in regard of grounds of pretension to respect.] (M.) And وَسُطَ فِى

حَسَبِهِ, [aor. ـْ inf. n. وَسَاطَةٌ and سِطَةٌ, [He held a middle, or good, or the best, rank in regard of his grounds of pretension to respect;] (M, TA;) and وَسَطَ signifies the same; (M;) and so does ↓ وسّط, (M, TA,) inf. n. تَوْسِيطٌ. (TA.) [See وَسَطٌ, below.]2 وسّطهُ, (K,) inf. n. تَوْسِيطٌ, (S, K,) He put it in the middle, or midst. (S, K.) b2: And [so in the S, but in the K “ or,”] He cut it [in the middle, or midst, i. e.] in two halves. (S, K.) [See the pass. part. n., below.] b3: [In the Kur, c. 5,] some read, فَوَسَّطْنَ بِهِ جَمْعًا [which may mean And have put in the midst, thereby, a company of the enemy: or have divided in two halves, thereby, &c.: or have thereby become in the midst of a company of the enemy]: (S, TA:) others read فَوَسَطْنَ. (TA.) See 1, first sentence. b4: وسّط فى حَسَبِهِ: see 1, last sentence.5 تَوَسَّطَ see 1, first sentence, in four places. b2: توسّط بَيْنَ النَّاسِ He mediated, or interceded, between the men, or people, for the purpose of accommodation; from وَسَطَ الرَّجُلُ قَوْمَهُ and فِى

قَوْمِهِ, explained above; (Msb;) or from وَسَاطَةٌ; (S;) he made mediation, or intercession, (عَمِلَ الوَسَاطَةَ,) between them. (K.) b3: توسّط also signifies He took what was of a middle sort, between the good and the bad. (K.) وَسْط, with the س quiescent, is an adv. n.; [as such written وَسْطَ, meaning In the middle of: in the midst of; or among;] (S, M, IB, Mgh, K;) and it is for this reason that it has its middle letter quiescent, (S, IB,) like بَيْنَ (IB) with which it is syn.; (IB, Msb;) [for] it may be used in any case in which بَيْنَ may be substituted for it; (S, IAth, K;) and, like بَيْنَ, it does not denote a part of the thing denoted by the noun to which it is prefixed, wherein differing from ↓ وَسَط. (S, IB, K.) You say, جَلَسْتُ وَسْطَ القَوْمِ (S, IB, Msb) I sat [in the middle of, or in the midst of,] or among, the people, or company of men, (IB, Msb;) not being one of them. (IB.) And وَسْطَ رَأْسِهِ دُهْنٌ [In the middle of his head is oil]; not meaning a component part of the head. (IB.) And it is said in a trad.

الجَالِسُ وَسْطَ الحَلْقَةِ مَلْعُونٌ [The sitter in the midst of the ring is cursed]: for he must of necessity turn his back towards some of those who surround him, and so displease them; wherefore they curse him and revile him. (IAth.) b2: It may not [properly] be used as a decl. n., (IB,) i. e. as an inchoative, (Mgh,) nor as an agent, nor as an objective complement; (IB, Mgh) &c.; thus, also, differing from ↓ وَسَط; unless it have the adverbial particle [فِى] prefixed to it; in which case it has the sense of وَسَط, and you say, جَلَسْتُ فِى وَسْطِ القَوْمِ and فى وَسْطِ رَأْسِهِ دُهْنٌ [like as you say جَلَسْتُ وَسْطَ القَوْمِ and وَسْطَ رَأْسِهِ دُهنٌ, explained above]: and sometimes it is used as a subst., preserving the quiescence [and the adverbial form], like as بَيْنَ is used as a subst. though virtually an adv. n., in cases like that where it is said in the Kur, [vi. 94,] لَقَدْ تَقَطَّعَ بَيْنَكُمْ [meaning مَا بَيْنَكُمْ, or, as explained in the Expos. of the Jel., وَصْلُكُمْ بَيْنَكُمْ]: (IB:) or وَسْط is sometimes used for ↓ وَسَط, improperly; (S;) or it may be so used; (Msb;) or it is so used by poetic license; (M;) or, as some say, each of them may take the place of the other; and this seems the most likely: (IAth:) or one says وَسْط, with sukoon, only, of that whereof the component parts are separate, or distinct, (IAth, K *,) such as a number of men, and beasts of carriage, &c.; (IAth;) and ↓ وَسَط, (IAth,) or both, (K,) of that whereof the component parts are united, (IAth, K *,) such as a house, and the head, (IAth,) or such as a ring: (K:) it is related, as on the authority of Th, that الشَّىْءِ ↓ وَسَطُ and وسْطُهُ [both meaning The middle, or midst, of the thing] are said when the thing is solid; but when its component parts are separate, or distinct, the word is وَسْطٌ, with sukoon, exclusively. (M.) وَسَطٌ [The middle, midst, or middle part, of a thing; i. e.,] properly, the part of which several lateral, or outer, portions are equal; as, for instance, the middle finger: but also meaning the part which is surrounded, or enclosed, on its several sides, although unequally: (Msb:) or the part that is between the two sides or extremities of a thing; (M, IB, Mgh, K;) [or the part, or point, that is between every two opposite extremities of a thing; and properly when equidistant;] as, for instance, the centre of a circle: (Mgh:) as also ↓ أَوْسَطُ, (M, K,) which is [likewise] a subst., like أَفْكَلٌ and أَزْمَلٌ [but imperfectly decl. because originally an epithet]: (M:) وَسَطٌ has its middle letter with fet-h in order that it may agree in measure with its contr., which is طَرَفٌ; the like agreement being frequent: (IB:) and it is only used in cases in which بَيْنَ may not be substituted for it, herein [and in other respects, mentioned in the next preceding paragraph,] differing from وَسْط: (S, IB, K:) [respecting the similar and dissimilar usages of وَسَط and وَسّط, sufficient observations have been made in the next preceding paragraph, which see throughout, and more especially in its latter part:] the pl. of وَسَطٌ is أَوْسَاطٌ; and that of its syn. ↓ أَوْسَطُ is أَوَاسِطُ; or this may be a pl. of ↓ وَاسِطٌ, and originally وَوَاسِطُ. (M.) You say, جَلَسْتُ فِى

وَسَطِ الدَّارِ [I sat in the middle, or middle part, of the house]; (S, Mgh, Msb;) because وَسَط is a subst. (S.) And إِتَّسَعَ وَسَطُهُ [The middle, or middle part, thereof, became wide]. (Mgh, Msb.) And ضَرَبْتُ وَسَطَ رَأْسِهِ [I smote the middle, or middle part, of his head]. (Mgh, * Msb.) And كَسَرْتُ وَسَطَ الرُّمْحِ [I broke the middle, or middle part, of the spear]. (IB.) And وَسَطُهُ خَيْرٌ مِنْ طَرَفِهِ [The middle, or middle part, thereof is better than the extremity]. (Mgh, Msb.) And خَيَرُ الأُمُورِ أَوْسَاطُهَا The best of affairs, or actions, or cases, are such of them as are between two extremes. (M. [See R. Q. 1, in art. حق.]) It is sometimes put in the accus. case as an adv. n.; as in the saying, جَلَسْتُ وَسَطَ الدَّارِ; but this is an instance of departure from the original usage; and [the meaning is جَلَسْتُ فِى وَسَطِ الدَّارِ signifying as explained above; so that] it is not here syn. with بَيْنَ, like as وَسْطَ is. (IB.) b2: It is also used as an epithet: (IB, Mgh:) [as such signifying Middle; intermediate; midway, or equidistant, between the two extremities or extremes; in place, or position: but in this sense superseded in usage by ↓ أَوْسَطُ and ↓ وَاسِطٌ and ↓ مُتَوَسِّطٌ: and in time; but in this sense also superseded in usage by ↓ أَوْسَطُ:] middling; of middle sort, kind, or rate; (Msb;) as also ↓ أَوْسَطُ (S, * M, Mgh, Msb, K) and ↓ مُتَوَسِّطٌ (M, Mgh, Msb) and ↓ وَسُوطٌ (M, TA) [and ↓ وَسِيطٌ]; between good and bad; (Msb, TA;) as also ↓ أَوْسَطُ: (Msb:) conforming, or conformable, to the just mean; just; equitable: (Zj, S, K:) good; (Zj, M, Msb, K;) as also ↓ وَسِيطٌ: (M:) most conforming, or conformable, to the just mean; most just; most equitable; applied to what is so of a thing; (S, M, K;) whatever it be; (S, K;) as also ↓ أَوْسَطَ: (M:) best; (Msb;) as also ↓ أَوْسَطُ: (S, * Msb, K *:) most generous: (M:) and when used as an epithet, it is applied alike to a masc., fem., sing., dual, and pl., subst.: (Mgh:) the fem. of ↓ أَوْسَطُ is وُسْطَى; (Mgh, Msb;) and the pl. masc. أَوَاسِطُ; and pl. fem. وُسَطٌ. (Msb.) Hence, (Msb,) ↓ الإِصْبَعُ الوُسْطَى (S, Msb, K) The middle finger. (Msb.) And ↓ اليَوْمُ الأَوْسَطُ [The middle day]. (Msb.) And ↓ اللَّيْلَةُ الوُسْطَى [The middle night. (Msb.) And ↓ العَشَرَةُ الأَوَاسِطُ, meaning The [ten middle] days. (Msb.) And العَشْرُ

↓ الوُسَطُ, meaning The [ten middle nights: not ↓ العَشْرُ الأَوْسَطُ; for this is a vulgar mistake, into which relaters of traditions have fallen; or it may be a mistake of transcription. (Msb.) and ↓ الصَّلٰوةُ الوُسْطَى, (M, Mgh, &c.,) mentioned in the Kur, [ii. 239,] (M, K,) meaning The middle prayer (Bd, TA) between the other prayers, (Bd,) or between the prayers of the night and the day; (TA;) or the most excellent of them in particular: (Bd:) i. e. the prayer of the afternoon; ('Alee Ibn-Abee-Tálib, I'Ab, and others, Mgh, Bd, K;) because the prophet said, on the day of the Ahzáb, “they have diverted us from الصلوة الوسطى, the prayer of the afternoon: ” (Bd:) or the prayer of daybreak; (also said to be on the authority of 'Alee, Mgh, Bd, K;) because it is between the prayers of the night and the day; (Bd;) for the saying of the prophet mentioned above does not contravene this and other assertions, since what is meant in the trad. is not what is meant in the Kur: (K:) or, (M, K,) accord. to Abu-l-Hasan, (M,) the prayer of Friday; (M, K;) because it is the most excellent of the prayers; (M;) and he who says otherwise errs, unless he trace up the assertion to the prophet: (M, K:) these three opinions are of the strongest authority; (B;) and the first is that which commonly obtains: (Mgh:) or the prayer of noon; (Mgh, Bd, Msb, K;) because it is in the middle of the day: (Bd:) or the prayer of Friday on the day thereof; but on other days the prayer of noon: (K, and also said to be on the authority of 'Alec:) or the prayer of sunset: (Mgh, Bd, K:) or the prayer of nightfall: (Bd, K:) or [the night-prayer called] الوِتْر: (K:) or the prayer of the breaking of the fast: (K:) or the prayer of sacrifices: (K:) or the prayer of the period called the ضُحَى: (K:) or the prayer of the congregation: (K:) or the prayer of fear: (K:) or the prayers of nightfall and daybreak together: (K, and said to be on the authorities of 'Omar and 'Othmán:) or the prayers of daybreak and the afternoon together: (K:) or any of the five prayers; because before it are two prayers and after it are two prayers: (K:) or all the divinely-appointed prayers: (K:) or certain prayers not particularized: (K:) or prayer of middling length, between long and short. (K.) Hence also, شَىْءٌ وَسَطٌ A middling thing; a thing of middle sort or kind; (Msb;) between good and bad; (S, Msb;) as also ↓ أَوْسَطُ: (Msb:) and in like manner it is applied to a male slave, and a female slave, (Msb,) and two male slaves, and two sheep or goats. (Mgh.) And مَا تُطْعِمُونَ ↓ مِنْ أَوْسَطِ

أَهْلِيكُمْ, in the Kur, [v. 91,] Of the middle sort of that which ye give for food to your families, (Mgh, Msb,) between what is prodigal and what is niggardly. (Mgh.) And ↓ النَّمَطُ الأَوْسَطُ The middle class of men: occurring in a saying of 'Alee, cited in full in art. غط. (M.) And عَلِّمْنِى

↓ دِينًا وَسُوطا Teach thou to me a religion of the middle sort: occurring in a saying of an Arab of the desert to El-Hasan, cited in full voce فَرَطَ. (M, TA.) And جَعَلْنَاكُمْ أَمَّةً وَسَطًا, in the Kur, [ii. 137,] (S, Mgh, Msb,) [We have made you to be a nation] conforming, or conformable, to the just mean; just; equitable: (Zj, S, IB, Bd, K:) or good. (Zj, Bd, Msb, K.) And مَرْعًى

وَسَطٌ Choice pasturage. (M.) And رَجُلٌ وَسَطٌ A good man; as also ↓ وَسِيطٌ: (M:) or a man having good grounds of pretension to respect. (TA.) And فِى قَوْمِهِ ↓ فُلَانٌ وَسِيطٌ, (S, K *,) or بَيْنَهُمْ, (as in some copies of the K,) Such a one is the best of his people (↓ أَوْسَطُهُمْ) in race, and the highest of them in station. (S, K.) and الدَّارِ وَالحَسَبِ ↓ فُلَانٌ وَسِيطُ [Such a one is of good quality, or of the best quality, in respect of tribe, and of grounds of pretension to honour]. (Lth.) And هُوَ مِنْ وَسَطِ قَوْمِهِ, and ↓ من أَوْسَطِهِمْ, He is of the best of his people. (Msb.) And in like manner, هُوَ مِنْ وَسَطِ الشَّىْءِ, and ↓ من أَوْسَطِهِ, It is of the best of the thing. (Msb.) And قَالَ

↓ أَوْسَطُهُمْ in the Kur, lxviii. 28, The best of them said: (Jel:) or the most rightly directed, of them, to the truth: (Msb:) or it means ↓ أَوْسَطُهُمْ رَأْيًا [the most remote, of them, from either extreme, in judgment]; or سِنًّا [in age]. (Bd.) وَسُوطٌ: see وَسَطٌ, as an epithet, in two places.

وَسِيطٌ: see وَسَطٌ, as an epithet, in five places. b2: A mediator, or an intercessor, for the purpose of accommodation, (O, K,) between people, (O,) or between two persons engaged in mutual altercation or litigation. (K.) وَسَاطَةٌ [originally an inf. n.: (see 1:) b2: and hence, as a subst., Mediation, or intercession]. (S, K: see 5.) b3: وَسَاطَةُ الدَّنَانِيرِ The best of deenárs. (TA.) وَسِيطَةٌ A mean, or means: pl. وَسَائِطُ.]

وَاسِطٌ: see وَسَطٌ, as a subst., and also as an epithet. b2: وَاسِطُ الكُورِ, (Lth, S, K,) or الرَّحْلِ, (ISh, Az, M,) and ↓ وَاسِطَتُهُ, (Lth, M, K,) and ↓ مَوْسِطَتُهُ, (Lh, M, [or perhaps ↓ مُوسِطَتُهُ, corresponding to ↓ مُؤْخِرَتُهُ,]) The fore-part of the camel's saddle: (S, K:) accord. to Lth, (Az, TA,) the part, of the camel's saddle, which is between the تَادِمَة and the آخِرَة; (Az, M, L;) but this is a mistake; (Az, L;) for the واسط of the camel's saddle is one of the شَرْخَانِ, (ISh, Az, L,) which are its two extremities, [or upright pieces of wood,] like the قَرَبُوسُانِ of the horse's saddle, (Az, L,) between which the rider sits; (ISh, Az, L;) it is the extremity which is next to the head of the camel; (Az, L;) the tall forepart next to the breast of the rider, (ISh, Az, L,) against which the breast of the rider sometimes strikes; (TA, in art. نحز;) the آخِرةَ being the extremity which is next to the tail of the camel; (Az, L;) the hinder part of the saddle, which is its tall and broad piece of wood that is against (تُحَاذِى) the head of the rider: (ISh, Az, L:) the former of these is not called واسط as being a middle part between the آخرة and the قادمة, as Lth says; nor has the camel's saddle any [part called] قادمة. (Az, L.) b3: الوَاسِطُ also signifies The piece of wood that is in the middle, between the two pieces called the عِضَادَتَانِ, in the yoke that is upon the neck of a bull which draws a cart or the like. (L in art. عضذ.) وَاسِطَةٌ The jewel that is in the middle of a قِلَادَة [or necklace], which is the best thereof; (S;) the large pearl (دُرَّة) that is in the middle thereof, which is the most precious of the beads thereof. (L.) b2: [In modern Arabic, A means of doing a thing. You say, بِوَاسِطَةِ كَذَا By means of such a thing. b3: Also, An intermediary, interposer, or agent between parties; a go-between.] b4: See also وَاسِطٌ. b5: هُوَ فِى

وَاسِطَةٍ مِنَ العَيْشِ (assumed tropical:) He is in a good condition of life. (Er-Rághib, TA, in art. حف.) أَوْسَطُ; fem. وُسْطَى; pl. masc. أَوَاسِطُ; pl. fem.

وُسَطٌ: see وَسَطٌ, as a subst., in two places; and as an epithet, throughout.

مُوسَطٌ What is in the middle of a بَيْت [i. e. house, or tent, &c.], particularly. (Ibn-'Abbád, K.) مَوْسِطَةٌ, or مُوسِطَةٌ: see وَاسِطٌ.

قَتَلَ فُلَانًا مُوَسَّطًا He slew such a one cut [in the middle, or midst,] in two halves. (TA.) [This mode of slaughter, termed تَوْسِيطٌ, was often practised under the rule of the Egyptian Sultáns; many instances thereof being mentioned by ElMakreezee and other historians. See De Sacy's Chrest. Ar., 2nd ed., vol. i. p. 468.]

مُتَوَسِّطٌ: see وَسَطٌ, as an epithet, in two places.

قبل

Entries on قبل in 19 Arabic dictionaries by the authors Ibn Sīda al-Mursī, Al-Muḥkam wa-l-Muḥīṭ al-Aʿẓam, Al-Muṭarrizī, al-Mughrib fī Tartīb al-Muʿrib, Supplément aux dictionnaires arabes by Reinhart Dozy, and 16 more

قبل

1 قَبَلَ as syn. with ↓ أَقْبَلَ, q. v.: see أَدْبَرَ, in two places. b2: قَبَحَ اللّٰهُ مَا قَبَلَ مِنْهُ وَمَا دَبَرَ: see دَبَر. b3: قَبِلَ He took, received, or admitted, willingly, or with approbation; he accepted. See قَبُولٌ. b4: قَبِلَتِ النَّعْلُ The sandal had its قِبَال broken. (TA in art. شسع.) 3 قَابَلَهُ He faced, or fronted, or was opposite to or over against, him, or it. (S, * K.) See also ↓ اِسْتَقْبَلَهُ He, or it, corresponded to him, or it. b2: قَابَلَهُ بِنَفْسِهِ [He opposed himself to him]. (TA, art. عرض.) See عَرَضَ لَهُ; and see 4. b3: قَابَلَ كَذَا بِكَذَا He requited such a thing with such a thing; or did, or gave, such a thing in return for such a thing; as good for good, evil for evil, good for evil, or evil for good. (The Lexicons passim.) b4: He counteracted such a thing with such a thing. b5: He compared such a thing &c. b6: قُوبِلَ بِكَذَا It was compensated, or requited, by, or with, such a thing: see an ex. of the part. n. voce غُنْمٌ. b7: قَابَلَ الشَّاة: see دَابَرَ الشاة. b8: فَرَسٌ قُوبِلَ مِنْ آفِقٍ وَآفِقَةٍ A horse that is generous with respect to both parents. (S in art. افق.) 4 أَقْبَلْتُهُ الشَّىْءَ I made it to face the thing: (S, K:) and الشَّىْءَ ↓ قَابَلْتُهُ app. signifies the same: see a verse of El-Aashà voce اِرْتِسَامٌ. b2: أَقْبَلَ بِهِ [He turned it forward; contr. of أَدْبَرَ بِهِ]. (S, K, art. دبر.) b3: أَقْبَلَ He came, facing; (JK, S, * K; *) came forward; came on; advanced; contr. of أَدْبَرَ. (S, K.) b4: أَقْبَلْتُ قِبَلَكَ [not قُبْلَكَ] I advanced, or came, toward thee. Like قَصَدْتُ قَصْدَكَ. (L, art. حرد.) See also Kur, ii. 172. b5: أَقْبَلَ عَلَيْهِ He advanced, or approached, towards him, or it. b6: أَقْبَلَ عَلَى إِنْسَانٍ, as though he desired no other person. (JK.) b7: اقْبَالٌ The advancing of fortune; contr. of إِدْبَارٌ. b8: الإِقْبَالُ فِى الدُّنْيَا [Advance in the world, or in worldly circumstances]. (Mgh in art. جد.) إِقْبَالٌ signifies The being fortunate. (KL.) b9: إِقْبَالٌ i. q. دَوْلَةٌ [Good fortune; &c.; see تامِكُ]: and عِزَّةٌ [might; &c.]. (Kull, p. 64.) b10: أَقْبَلَ عَلَيْهِ He showed favour to him: or, more properly, he presented a favourable aspect to him; or, accord. to general usage, he met him kindly; see بَشَّ لَهُ. b11: أَقْبَلَتْ عَلَيْهِ الدُّنْيَا, (A, art. فتح,) The world favoured him. b12: أَقْبَلَ عَلَى شَىْءٍ He set about, or commenced, doing a thing. (K, &c.) b13: See تَصَدَّدَ. b14: أَقْبَلَ عَلَيْهِ He clave to it: and he took to, set about, began, or commenced it; as also عليه ↓ قَبَلَ. (K.) b15: [أَقْبَلَ عَلَيْهِ بِالسَّيْفِ, and بِالعَصَا, and بِالسَّوْطِ He advanced against him, or set upon him, with the sword, and with the staff or stick, and with the whip.] b16: You say, أَقْبَلَ عَلَيْه بِالسَّوْطِ يَضْرِبُهُ [He advanced against him, or set upon him, with the whip, striking him]. (S in art. حول.) b17: See قَبَلٌ. b18: يُقْبِلُ بِالدَّلْوِ إِلَى البِئْرِ and أَمْرُ فُلَانٍ الَى إِقْبَالٍ: see أَدْبَرَ. b19: أَقْبَل عَلَيْهِ بِالتَّعْنِيفِ: see Har, p. 165 b20: أَقْبِلْ عَلَى نَفْسِكَ [Betake, or apply, thyself to thine own affairs]. (T, voce إِلَى.) b21: دَبَرَتْ لَهُ الرِّيحُ بَعْدَ مَا أَقْبَلَتْ: see دبر. b22: أَقْبَلَ [He recovered, or regained, health;] occurring in the K, as the explanation of ثَابَ جِسْمُهُ. (K, art. ثوب.) أَقْبَلَ بَعْدَ هُزَالٍ. (K, voce حَشَمَ.) b23: أَقْبَلَ, with reference to the slit ear of a she-camel: see أَدْبَرَ. b24: أَقْبِلْنَا بِذِمَّةٍ, app. a mistranscription for أَقْلِبْنَا: see ذِمَّةٌ.6 تَقَابَلُوا They faced, or confronted, one another: see S in art. فقح.8 اِقْتَبَلَهُ He began it, or commenced it; namely, an affair; (S, * Mgh, K; *) as also ↓ إِسْتَقْبَلَهُ. (Mgh.) 10 اِسْتَقْبَلَهُ

: see اِسْتَدْبَرَهُ. He faced him, or it. (TA) He turned his face towards him, or it. b2: He came before his face. b3: He went to meet him; he met him, or encountered him. He saw it before him: he looked forward to it: he saw it, or knew it, beforehand. He saw, or knew, at the beginning of it what he did not see, or know, at the end thereof. b4: استقبلهُ بِأَمْرٍ (T, S, K, &c., in art. بده) He met him, or encountered him, with a thing. or an affair, or an action. (TK in art. بده.) b5: استقبلهُ بِمَا يَكْرَهُ (A, K, in art. بكت, &c.) He encountered him with, or, as it often means, he accused him, to his face, of a thing that he disliked, or hated: see بَكَّتَهُ; and the phrases اَلبْهتُ اسْتِقْبَالُكَ أَخَاكَ بِمَا لَيْسَ فِيهِ and بِالكَذبِ ↓ قَابَلَهُ, voce بَهَتَهُ; and استقبلهُ بِالحَقِّ, voce قَرَحَهُ; in both senses like لَقِيَهُ بِمَكْرُوهٍ. b6: اِسْتَقْبَلْتُهُ بِكَلَامٍ فِيهِ غِلْظَةٌ [I encountered him, or confronted him, with speech in which was roughness]. (JK, M, TA, art. جبه.) b7: اِسْتَقْبَلَهُ He anticipated it; namely, Ramadán, by fasting before its commencement. (TA.) b8: See 8.

قَبْلُ Before; contr. of بَعْدُ; (S, K, &c.;) an adv. n. of time; and, as some say, of place also; (MF, TA;) and of rank, or station. (TA.) سَقَى إِبِلَهُ قَبَلًا [and بِالقَبَلِ] He poured the water into the trough while his camels were drinking, so that it came upon them: (T, TA:) or قَبَلٌ signifies a man's bringing his camels to water, and drawing the water over their mouths, not having prepared for them aught [thereof] before that: (As, TA:) and سَقَى عَلَى إِبِلِهِ قَبَلًا he poured the water over the mouths of his camels: (M, TA:) and أَقَبْلَ ↓ عَلَى إِبِلِهِ he drew the water over the heads of his camels while they drank, when they had drunk what was in the trough, (Lh, M, TA,) not having prepared it before that: and this is the most severe mode of watering. (Lh, TA.) ee an ex. voce جَبًا, art. جبو and جبى. b2: نَبَلٌ is opposed to دَبَرٌ: see the latter. b3: إِنَّ الحَقَّ بِقَبَلٍ Verily the truth is manifest; where one sees it. (TA, art. عجز.) b4: مِنْ ذِى قَبَلٍ: see مِنْ ذِى عَوْضٍ; and see قِبَلٌ; and أُنُفٌ. b5: إِذَا رَأَيْتَ الشِّعْرَى بِقَبَلٍ الخ: see M, art. دبر.

لَقِيتُهُ قِبَلًا I met him face to face. (JK.) b2: لَا أُكَلِّمُكَ اِلَى عَشْرٍ مِنْ ذِى قِبَلٍ

i. q. ↓ من ذى قَبَلٍ, i. e. [I will not speak to thee until ten nights] in what I [now] begin [of time]: or the latter, until ten [nights] which thou [now] beginnest: and the former, until ten [nights] of the days which thou [now] witnessest, (K, TA,) i. e. beginnest: (TA:) or the latter, of a time [now] begun; or, a future time. (Mgh, Msb.) And أَتَيْتُ قُلَانًا مَنُ ذِى قِبَلٍ

i. q.

آنِفًا. (Lth in T, art. انف.) b3: قِبَلَ Towards. (Bd. ii. 172.) قِبَلُ شَىْءُ What is next to a thing: you say, ذَهَبَ قِبَلَ السُّوقِ [he went to the part next to the market]. (TA.)
لِى قِبَلَهُ مَالٌ I have property in his hands; i. e. due, or owing, to me by him; syn. عِنْدَهُ [q. v.] (K, * TA.) And لَنَا قِبَلَكَ حَاجَةٌ: (S in art. روى &c.:) see رَوِيَّةٌ (and عِنْدَ also). b4: هٰذَا الأَمْرُ مِنْ قِبَلِهِ This thing, or affair, is from him; syn. مَنْ تِلْقَائِهِ and مَنْ لَدُنْهُ, meaning مِنْ عِنْدِهِ. (Lth, TA.) يَتَكَلَّمُ مِنْ قِبَلِ أَنْفِهِ [He speaks from (i. e. through) his nose]. (JK and K, voce أَدْغَمُ.) b5: اِنْشَقَّ من قِبَلِ نَفْسِهِ It (a garment) rent of itself. (L, art. صوخ, &c.) قُبُلٌ The front, or fore part. See Kur, xii. 26.

The former or first part: see دَفَئِيٌّ. b2: القُبُلُ The anterior pudendum (فَرْج) [vulva, and vagina,] of a man or woman; (Msb;) opposite of الدُّبُرُ. (S, K.) مَا لَهُ قِبْلَةٌ وَلَا دِبْرَةٌ

, &c.: see دبر.
قَبَلِىٌّ: see دَبَرِىٌّ.

قِبَالُ الشِّبْرِ and الشِّسْعِ: see شِبْرٌ. b2: فُلَانٌ مَا يَدْرِى قِبَالَ الأَمْرِ مَنْ دِبَارِهِ; &c.: see دبر. b3: قبَالٌ of the sandal: see زِمَامٌ.

قَبُولٌ Favourable reception; acceptance; approbation: (KL PS:) love, and approbation, and inclination of the mind. (TA.) عَلَى فُلَانٍ قَبُولٌ [Approbation is bestowed upon such a one;] the mind accepts, or approves, such a one. (S.) b2: قَبُولٌ Goodliness, beauty, grace, comeliness, or pleasingness: and [beauty of] aspect or garb. (K.) [And Acceptableness.

عَلَيْهِ قَبُولٌ may be rendered Upon him, or it, is an appearance of goodliness, &c.]

قَبِيلٌ: see دَبِيرٌ. b2: قَبِيلٌ Kind, species, class, race.

مِنْ قً Of the kind, &c. See قَبِيلَةٌ.

جَآءَ قُبَيْلَ He came a little while ago; syn. آنِفًا. (M in art. انف.)
قُبَالَتَهُ Opposite to, in a position so as to face, him or it. (K, &c.) See حِيَالٌ in art. حول. b2: قُبَالَةٌ The direction, point, place, or tract, in front of a thing; the opposite direction &c.
قَبِيلَةٌ A body of men from one father and mother: and ↓ قَبِيلٌ, without ة, a body of men from several ancestors. (Az in TA, art. سبط.) b2: قَبِيلَةٌ: see شَعْبٌ. b3: A mass of stone or rock at the mouth of a well. (K and TA voce عُقَابٌ, q. v.) See قَابِلٌ.

عَامٌ قَابِلٌ , and ↓ مُقْبِلٌ, signify the same, [A nextcoming year]. (S.) القَابِلَةُ i. q.

اللَّيْلَةُ المُقْبِلَةُ [The next night]. (S, K.) See القُبَاقِبُ. b2: قَابِلٌ لِكَذَا Susceptible of such a thing. b3: قَابِلٌ An arrow that wins [in the game of المَيْسِر]; (TA, art دبر;) contr. of دَابِرٌ, q. v. (S and TA, art. دبر.) b4: قَبَائِل of the head: see شَأْنٌ. b5: and ↓ قَبِيلَة of a helmet: see طِرَاقٌ. b6: قَابِلَةٌ A wife. (TA in art. عزب.) قَابِلِيَّةٌ [The quality of admitting or receiving; susceptibility].

أَقْبَلُ لِلْمَوْعِظَةِ [More, or most, inclined to accept admonition]. (TA, art. رق.]

إِقْبَالَةٌ and its syn. إِقْبَالٌ: see 4; and see إِدْبَارَةٌ.
مُقْبِلٌ

: see قَابِلٌ. b2: [I. q. مُقْتَبَلٌ]. Ex. مَقْبِلَةٌ الرَّحْمِ (K, voce جَوَارِحُ,) and الشَّبَابِ. (TA, ibid.) See مَدْبِرٌ.

ثَغْرٌ بَارِدُ المُقَبَّلٌ [A mouth, or front teeth, cold, or cool, in the part that is kissed]. (A, art. خصر, &c.) المُقَابَلُ مِنَ المَنَازِلِ contr. of المُدَابَرُ, (M, art. دبر, q. v.) b2: مُقَابَلٌ Noble, by the father's and mother's side: (S, K, TA:) see an ex. voce طَابٌ; and see إِزْدَوَجَا. b3: مُقَابَلَةٌ applied to a ewe: see مُدَبَرَةٌ. b4: نَاقَةٌ مُقَابَلَةٌ مُدَابَرَةٌ: see دبر. b5: الجَبْرُ والمُقَابَلَةُ: see جبر. b6: فِى مُقَابَلَةِ كَذَا In comparison with such a thing: see an ex. in art. غين in the Msb.

مُسْتَقْبَلٌ , with fet-h to the ب, Looked forward to, anticipated, begun.

مَسْتَقِبْلُ المَجْدِ

: see مُسْتَدِبْر.

بين

Entries on بين in 18 Arabic dictionaries by the authors Muḥammad al-Fattinī, Majmaʿ Biḥār al-Anwār fī Gharāʾib al-Tanzīl wa Laṭāʾif al-Akhbār, Ismāʿīl bin Ḥammād al-Jawharī, Tāj al-Lugha wa Ṣiḥāḥ al-ʿArabīya, Abu Ḥayyān al-Gharnāṭī, Tuḥfat al-Arīb bi-mā fī l-Qurʾān min al-Gharīb, and 15 more

بين

1 بَانَ, (M, Mgh, Msb, K,) [aor. ـِ inf. n. بَيْنُونَةٌ and بُيُونٌ (M, Mgh, K) and بَيْنٌ, (M, K,) It (a thing) became separated, severed, disunited, or cut off, (M, Mgh, Msb, K,) عَنِ الشَّىْءِ from the thing. (Mgh.) And بَانَتْ, (M, K,) or بَانَتْ بِالطَّلَاقِ, (Msb,) She (a wife) became separated by divorce, (M, Msb, K,) عَنِ الرَّجُلِ from the man. (M, K.) And بَانَتٌ said of a girl, [She became separated from her parents by marriage;] she married: (ISh, T:) as though she became at a distance from the house of her father. (ISh, TA.) And بَانَ, (M,) or بَانَ بِمَالٍ, aor. ـِ (T,) inf. n. بُيُونٌ (T, M) and بَيْنٌ, (M,) He became separated from his father, or mother, or both, by property [which he received from him, or her, or them,] (Az, T, M,) to be his alone: (Az, T:) and ElFárisee states, on the authority of Az, that one] says also, بَانَ عَنْهُ and بَانَهُ [the former app. meaning he became separated thus from him, i. e., from his father; and the latter being syn. with

أَبَانَهُ, q. v.]. (M.) And بَانَ الخَلِيطُ, inf. n. بَيْنٌ and بَيْنُونَةٌ, [The partner, or copartner, or sharer, &c., became separated from the person, or persons, with whom he had been associated.] (T.) and بَانَتْ يَدُ النَّاقَةِ عَنْ جَنْبِهَا, inf. n. بُيُونٌ, [The fore leg of the she-camel became withdrawn, or apart, from her side.] (T.) And بَانَ, (S, M, Msb,) and بَانُوا, (K,) aor. ـِ (S,) inf. n. بَيْنٌ and بَيْنُونَةٌ, (S, M, Msb, K,) He separated himself, or it separated itself; (S; [in one copy of which it is said of a thing;]) and they separated themselves: (K:) or it (a tribe, M, Msb) went, journeyed, went away, or departed; and went, removed, retired, or withdrew itself, to a distance, or far away, or far off. (Msb.) b2: بَانَ, (T, S, M, &c.,) aor. ـِ (T, Msb,) inf. n. بَيَانٌ; (T, S, Mgh, K;) and ↓ ابان, (T, S, M, &c.,) inf. n. إِبَانَةٌ; (T, Msb;) and ↓ بيّن, (T, S, M, &c.,) inf. n. تَبْيِينٌ; (S;) and ↓ تبيّن; and ↓ استبان; (T, S, M, &c.,) all signify the same; (T, M, Msb;) i. e. It (a thing, T, S, M, Mgh, or an affair, or a case, Msb) was, or became, [distinct, as though separate from others; and thus,] apparent, manifest, evident, clear, plain, or perspicuous: (S, Mgh, Msb, K:) and it was, or became, known. (K.) You say, بَانَ الحَقُّ [The truth became apparent, &c.; or known]; as also ↓ ابان. (T.) and الصُّبْحُ لِذِى عَيْنَيْنِ ↓ قَدْ بَيَّنَ The dawn has become apparent to him who has two eyes: a prov.: (S, M:) applied to a thing that becomes altogether apparent, or manifest. (Har p. 542.) And it is said in the Kur [ii. 257], الرُّشْدُ مِنَ الغَىِّ ↓ قَدْ تَبَيَّنَ [The right belief hath become distinguished from error]. (TA.) and the lawyers, correctly, use the phrase, كَصَوْتٍ لَا مِنْهُ حُرُوفٌ ↓ يَسْتَبِينُ [Like a sound whereof letters are not distinguishable]. (Mgh.) b3: [It seems to be indicated in the TA that بَانَ, aor. ـِ inf. n. بَيْنٌ and بَيْنُونَةٌ, also signifies It was, or became, united, or connected; thus having two contr. meanings; but I have not found the verb used in this sense, though بَيْنٌ signifies both disunion and union.]

A2: بَانَهُ, aor. ـِ inf. n. بَيْنٌ: see بَانَهُ, aor. ـُ inf. n. بَوْنٌ, in art. بون.

A3: See also 2, in two places.2 بيّن, intrans., inf. n. تَبْيِينٌ: see 1, in two places. b2: You say also, بيّن الشَّجَرُ The trees, (K,) or the leaves of the trees, (TA,) appeared, when beginning to grow forth. (K, TA.) and بيّن القَرْنُ (tropical:) The horn came forth. (K, TA.) A2: بيّن بِنْتَهُ: see 4. b2: بيّنهُ, (T, Msb, K,) inf. n. تَبْيِينٌ (T, S) and ↓ تِبْيَانٌ (T, S, * K *) and تَبْيَانٌ; (K;) the second of which three is an anomalous inf. n., (T, S, K,) for by rule it should be of the measure تَفْعَالٌ; (T, S;) but تَبْيَانٌ is not known except accord. to the opinion of those who allow the authority of analogy, which opinion is outweighed by the contrary; (TA;) and تِبْيَانٌ is the only inf. n. of its measure except تِلْقَآءٌ, (T, S,) accord. to the generality of the leading authorities; but some add تِمْثَالٌ, as inf. n. of مَثَّلَ; and El-Hareeree adds to these two, in the Durrah, تِنْضَالٌ, as inf. n. of نَاضَلَهُ; and Esh-Shiháb adds, in the Expos. of the Durrah, تِشْرَابٌ, as inf. n. of شَرِبَ الخَمْرَ; asserting تَشْرَابٌ also to have been heard, agreeably with analogy; [and to these may be added تَبْكَآءٌ and تِمْشَآءٌ, and perhaps some other instances of the same kind;] but some disallow تِفْعَالٌ altogether as the measure of an inf. n., saying that the words transmitted as instances thereof are simple substs. used as inf. ns., like طَعَامٌ in the place of إِطْعَامٌ; (MF, TA;) and Sb says that تِبْيَانٌ is not an inf. n.; for, where it so, it would be تَبْيَانٌ; but it is, from بَيَّنْتُ, like غَارَةٌ from أَغَرْتُ; (M, TA;) [He made it distinct, as though separate from others; and thus,] he made it (namely, a thing, T, S, Mgh, or an affair, or a case, Msb) apparent, manifest, evident, clear, plain, or perspicuous; (S, Msb, K;) as also ↓ ابانهُ, (S, Mgh, Msb, K,) inf. n. إِبَانَةٌ; (Msb;) and ↓ تبيّنهُ; (S, * Msb, K;) and ↓ استبانهُ: (Mgh, Msb, K:) [بيّنهُ is the most common in this sense: and often signifies he explained it: and he proved it:] and ↓ all these verbs signify also he made it known; he notified it: (K:) or ↓ اِسْتَبَنْتُهُ signifies, (S,) or signifies also, (Mgh,) I knew it, or became acquainted with it, [or distinguished it,] (S, Mgh,) clearly, or plainly; (Mgh;) and so ↓ تَبَيَّنْتُهُ; (S, * Mgh;) [and بَيَّنْتُهُ, as appears from an ex. in what follows, from a verse of En-Nábighah:] ↓ بِنْتُهُ and ↓ أَبَنْتُهُ and ↓ اِسْتَبَنْتُهُ and بَيَّنْتُهُ all signify the same as ↓ تَبَيَّنْتُهُ [app. in all the senses of this verb]: (M:) or, of all these verbs, ↓ بَانَ is only intrans.: (Msb:) and ↓ اِسْتَبَنْتُهُ signifies I looked at it, or into it, (namely, a thing,) considered it, examined it, or studied it, repeatedly, in order that it might become apparent, manifest, evident, clear, or plain, to me: (T, TA:) and ↓ تبيّنهُ he looked at it, or into it, (namely, an affair, or a case,) considered it, examined it, or studied it, repeatedly, or deliberately, in order to know its real state by the external signs thereof. (T.) A poet says, وَمَا خِفْتُ حَتَّى بَيَّنَ الشِّرْبُ وَالأَذَى

↓ بقَانِئَةٍ أَنِّى مِنَ الحَىِّ أَبْيَنُ [And I feared not until the drinking, or the time of drinking, and molestation, made manifest, or plainly showed, by a deep-red (sun), that I was separated from the tribe: see قَانِئٌ]. (M.) and it is said in the Kur [xvi. 91], وَأَنْزَلْنَا عَلَيْكَ الكِتَابَ تِبْيَانًا لِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ [And we have sent down to thee the Scripture to make manifest everything]; meaning, we make manifest to thee in the Scripture everything that thou and thy people require [to know] respecting matters of religion. (T.) See also بَيَانٌ, in the latter half of the paragraph. En-Nábighah says, إِلَّا الأَوَارِىَّ مَّا أُبَيِّنُهَا [Except the places of the confinement of the beasts: with difficulty did I distinguish them]; meaning ↓ أَتَبَيَّنُهَا. (S.) You say also, مَا ↓ تَبَيَّنَ يَأْتِيهِ, meaning He sought, or endeavoured, to see, or discover, what would happen to him, of good and evil. (M in art. بصر.) [See also 5, below.]

سَبِيلَ المُجْرِمِينَ ↓ وَلِتَسْتَبِينَ, in the Kur [vi. 55], means And that thou mayest the more consider, or examine, repeatedly, in order that it may become manifest to thee, the way of the sinners, O Mohammad: (T:) or that thou mayest seek, or endeavour, to see plainly, or clearly, &c.; syn. وَلِتَسْتَوْضِحَ سَبِيلَهُمْ: (Bd:) but most read, وَلِيَسْتَبِينَ سيبلُ المجرمين; the verb in this case being intrans. (T.) 3 باينهُ, (K,) inf. n. مُبَايَنَةٌ, (S,) He separated himself from him; or left, forsook, or abandoned, him: (S, TA:) or he forsook, or abandoned, him, being forsaken, or abandoned, by him; or cut him off from friendly or loving communion or intercourse, being so cut off by him; or cut him, or ceased to speak to him, being in like manner cut by him. (K.) [And It became separated from it.]4 ابان, intrans., inf. n. إِبَانَةٌ: see 1, in two places.

A2: ابانهُ, (inf. n. as above, TA,) He separated it, severed it, disunited it, or cut it off. (M, Msb, K, TA.) You say, ضَرَبَهُ فَأَبَانَ رَأْسَهُ (S, K) He smote him and severed his head, مِنْ جَسَدِهِ from his body. (S, TA.) And ابان المَرْأَةَ He (the husband) separated the woman, or wife, by divorce. (Msb.) And ابان بِنْتَهُ, and ↓ بيّنها, (T, K,) inf. n. of the former as above, and of the latter تَبْيِينٌ, (TA,) He married, or gave in marriage, his daughter, (T, K,) and she went to her husband: (T:) from بَيْنٌ signifying "distance:" as though he removed her to a distance from the house, or tent, of her mother. (TA.) And ابان ابْنَهُ بِمَالٍ, (M,) or ابانهُ أَبَوَاهُ, (T,) He separated from himself his son, (M,) or his two parents separated him from themselves, (T,) by [giving him] property, (T, M,) to be his alone: (T:) mentioned on the authority of Az. (T, M.) And ابان الدَّلْوَ عَنْ طِىِّ البِئْرِ He drew away the bucket from the casing of the well, lest the latter should lacerate the former. (M.) b2: See also 2, in three places. b3: [Hence, ابان signifies also He spoke, or wrote, perspicuously, clearly, plainly, or distinctly, as to meaning; or, with eloquence: from بَيَانٌ, q. v.] And ابان عَلَيْهِ He spoke perspicuously, clearly, plainly, or distinctly, and gave his testimony, or evidence, or gave decisive information, against him, or respecting it. (TA.) [The verb thus used is for ابان كَلَامَهُ, and شَهَادَتَهُ.] One says of a drunken man, مَا يُبِينُ كَلَامًا He does not speak plainly, or distinctly; lit., does not make speech plain, or distinct. (Ks, T in art. بت.) b4: [مَا أَبْيَنَهُ How distinct, apparent, manifest, evident, clear, or plain, is it! See an ex. voce بَسُلَ. b5: And How perspicuous, or chaste, or eloquent, is he in speech, or writing! how good is his بَيَان!]5 تبيّن, intrans.: see 1, in two places.

A2: As a trans. verb: see 2, in seven places. b2: [Hence, الأَمْرَ being understood,] He sought, or sought leisurely or repeatedly, to obtain knowledge [of the thing], until he knew [it]; he examined, scrutinized, or investigated: (Bd in xlix. 6:) he sought, or endeavoured, to make the affair, or case, manifest, and to settle it, or establish it, and was not hasty therein: (Idem in iv. 96:) or he acted, or proceeded, deliberately, or leisurely, in the affair, or case; not hastily: (Ks, TA:) or it has a signification like this: in the Kur ch. iv. v. 96 and ch. xlix. v. 6, some read فَتَبَيَّنُوا, and others فَتَثَبَّتُوا; and the meanings are nearly the same: التَّبَيُّنُ was said by Mohammad to be from God, and العَجَلَةٌ [i. e. "haste"] from the devil. (T.) 6 تباينا They two (namely, two men, and two copartners,) became separated, each from the other: (M, TA:) or they forsook, or abandoned, each other; or cut each other off from friendly or loving communion or intercourse; or cut, or ceased to speak to, each other. (K.) And تباينوا They, having been together, became separated: (Msb:) or they forsook, or abandoned, one another; or cut one another off from friendly or loving communion or intercourse; or cut, or ceased to speak to, one another. (S.) b2: [Hence, They two were dissimilar: and they two (namely, words,) were disparate; whether contraries or not: and they two (namely, numbers,) were incommensurable.]10 استبان, intrans.: see 1.

A2: As a trans. verb: see 2, in six places.

بَانٌ a coll. gen. n.: n. un. with ة: see art. بون.

بَيْنٌ has two contr. significations; (T, S, Msb;) one of which is Separation, or disunion [of companions or friends or lovers]. (T, S, M, Msb, K.) Hence, ذَاتُ البَيْنِ as meaning Enmity, and vehement hatred: and the saying لِإِصْلَاحِ ذَاتِ البَيْنِ, i. e. For the reforming, or amending, of the bad, or corrupt, state subsisting between the people, or company of men; meaning for the allaying of the discord, enmity, rancour, or vehement hatred: (Msb:) [but this has also the contr. meaning, as will be seen below: and it is explained as having a vague import; for it is said that] فِى إِصْلَاحِ ذَاتِ البَيْنِ means In the reforming, or amending, of the circumstances subsisting between the persons to whom it relates, by frequent attention thereto. (Mgh.) [Hence also,] غُرَابُ البَيْنِ [The raven of separation or disunion; i. e., whose appearance, or croak, is ominous of separation: said by some to be] the غراب termed أَبْقَعُ [i. e. in which is blackness and whiteness; or having whiteness in the breast]; (S, K;) so described by the poet 'Antarah: (S:) or that which is red in the beak and legs; but the black is called الحَاتِمُ, because it makes [or shows] separation to be absolutely unavoidable, (Abu-1-Ghowth, S, K,) according to the assertion of the Arabs, i. e., by its croak: (Msb in art. حتم:) [or it is any species of the corvus:] Hamzeh says, in his Proverbs, that this name attaches to the غراب because, when the people of an abode go away to seek after herbage, it alights in the place of their tents, searching the sweepings: (Har p. 308:) but accord. to the Kádee of Granada, Aboo-'Abd-Allah Esh-Shereef, this appellation, so often occurring in poetry, properly signifies camels that transport people from one district, or country, to another; and he cites the following verses: غَلِطَ الَّذِينَ رَأَيْتُهُمْ بِجَهَالَةٍ

يَلْحَوْنَ كُلُّهُمُ غُرَابًا يَنْعَقُ مَا الذَّنْبُ إِلَّا لِلْأَبَاعِرِ إِنَّهَا مِمَّا يُشَتِّتُ جَمْعَهُمْ وَيُقَرِّقُ

إِنَّ الغُرَابَ بِيُمْنِهِ تُدْنُو النَّوَى

وَتُشَتِّتُ الشَّمْلَ الجَمِيعَ الأَيْنُقُ [Those have erred whom I have seen, with ignorance, all of them blaming a raven croaking: the fault is not imputable save to the camels; for they are of the things that scatter and disperse their congregation: verily the place that is the object of a journey is brought near by the raven's lucky omen; but the she-camels discompose the united state]: and Ibn-'Abd-Rabbih says, زَعَقَ الغُرَابُ فَقُلْتُ أَكْذَبُ طَائِرٍ

إِن لَّمْ يُصَدِّقْهُ رُغَآءُ بَعِيرِ [The raven cried; and I said, A most lying bird, if the grumbling cry of a camel on the occasion of his being laden do not verify it]. (TA in art. غرب.) b2: Also Distance, (S, M, Msb, K,) by the space, or interval, between two things. (Msb.) You say, بَيْنَ البَلَدَيْنِ بَيْنٌ Between the two countries, or towns, &c., is a distance, of space, or interval: (Msb:) and بَيْنَهُمَا بَيْنٌ Between them two is a distance, with ى when corporeal distance is meant: (Idem in art. بون:) or إِنَّ بَيْنَهُمَا لَبَيْنٌ [Verily between them two is a distance], not otherwise, in the case of [literal] distance. (S.) And you say also, بَيْنَهُمَا بَيْنٌ بَعِيدٌ (T in art. بون, S, M *) and بَوْنٌ بَعِيدٌ (T in art. بون, S, M, * Msb * in art. بون) Between them two [meaning two men] is a [wide] distance; (M;) i. e. between their two degrees of rank or dignity, or between the estimations in which they are commonly held: (Msb in art. بون:) in this case, the latter is the more chaste. (S.) You also say, [using بين to denote An interval of time,] لَقِيتُهُ بُعَيْدَاتِ بَيْنٍ

[I met him after, or a little after, an interval, or intervals,] when you have met him after a while, and then withheld yourself from him, and then come to him. (S, M, K. See also بَعْدُ.]) A2: Also Union [of companions or friends or lovers]; (T, S, M, Msb, K;) the contr. of the first of the significations mentioned above in this paragraph. (T, S, Msb.) [Hence ذَاتُ البَيْنِ as meaning The state of union or concord or friendship or love subsisting between a people or between two parties; this being likewise the contr. of a signification assigned to the same expression above: whence the phrase, إِفْسَادُ ذَاتِ البَيْنِ (occurring in the S and K in art. ابر, and often elsewhere,) The marring, or disturbance, of the state of union or concord &c.: and] hence the saying, سَعَى فُلَانٌ لِإِصْلَاحِ ذَاتِ البَيْنِ مِنْ عَشِيرَتِهِ [Such a one laboured for the improving of the state of union or concord &c. of his kinsfolk; but in this instance, the meaning given in the second sentence of this paragraph seems to be more appropriate]. (Ham p. 569.) b2: ذَاتُ بَيْنِهِمْ may also be used as meaning The vacant space (سَاحَة) that is between their houses, or tents. (Ham p. 195.) A3: بَيْن is also an adverbial noun, [as such written بَيْنَ,] (S, M, Mgh, Msb, K,) capable of being used as a noun absolutely: (M, K:) it relates only to that which has space, as a country; or to that which has some number, either two or more, as two men, and a company of men; and denotes [intervention in] the interval between two things, or the middle, or midst, of two things, (Er-Rághib, TA,) or the middle of a collective number: (S:) [thus it signifies Between, and amidst, and among:] its meaning is [therefore] vague, not apparent unless it is prefixed to two or more [words, or to a word signifying two or more], or to what supplies the place of such a complement: (Msb:) it must necessarily be prefixed, and may not be otherwise than in the manners just explained: (Mgh:) [i. e.] it may not be prefixed to any noun but such as denotes more than one, or to a noun that has another conjoined to it by و, (M,) not by any other conjunction, (M, Msb,) acc0ord. to the usage commonly obtaining. (Msb.) You say بَيْنَ الرَّجُلَيْنِ [Between the two men]: (Er-Rághib, TA:) and المَالُ بَيْنَ القَوْمِ [The property is between the company of men]: (M, Msb, Er-Rághib: *) and المَالُ بَيْنَ زَيْدٍ وَعَمْرٍو [The property is between Zeyd and 'Amr]: and هُوَ بَيْنِى وَبَيْنَهُ [He, or it, is between me and him]: (M:) and جَلَسْتُ بَيْنَ القَوْمِ I sat in the middle of [or amidst or among] the company of men: (S, K:) and بَيْنَكُمَا البَعِيرَ فَخُذَاهُ, with البعير in the accus. case, [See between you two the camel, therefore take him], a saying heard by Ks: (Lin art. عند:) and فَسَدَ مَا بَيْنَهُمْ [The state subsisting among them became bad, or marred, or disturbed]: (S and K in art. ميط:) and بَيْنَ الأَيَّامِ (M and K in art. ندر) and فِيمَا بَيْنَ الأَيَّامِ (S and Msb in that art.) [In, or during, the space of (several) days]: and عَوَانٌ بَيْنَ ذٰلِكَ, in the Kur [ii. 63], is an ex. of its being prefixed to a single word supplying the place of more than one; (Mgh, Msb;) the meaning being, Of middle age, between that which has been mentioned; namely, the فَارِض and the بِكْر. (Bd.) Some allow that two words to the former of which بَيْنَ is prefixed may be connected by فَ, citing as an evidence the phrase used by Imra-el-Keys, بَيْنَ الدَّخُولِ فَحَوْمَلِ [as though meaning Between Ed-Dakhool and Howmal]: but to this it has been replied that الدخول is a name applying to several places; so that the phrase [means amidst Ed-Dakhool &c., and] is similar to the saying, المَالُ بَيْنَ القَوْمِ [mentioned above, or جَلَسْتُ بَيْنَ القَوْمِ, also mentioned above]. (Msb.) [You say also, بَيْنَ أَظْهُرِهِمْ, and بَيْنَ ظَهْرَيْهِمْ

&c., meaning In the midst of them. (See art. ظهر.) And بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ, and بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِمْ, meaning Before him, and before them. بَيْن is also often used absolutely as a noun: thus it is in the Kur lxxxvi. 7, يَخْرُجُ مِنْ بَيْنِ الصُّلْبِ وَالتَّرَائِبِ Coming forth from between, or amidst, the spine and the breast-bones: and in xxxvi. 8 of the same, وَجَعَلْنَا مِنْ بَيْنِ أَيْديهِمْ سَدًّا And we have placed before them (lit. between their hands) a barrier.] It is said in the Kur [vi. 94], لَقَدْ تَقَطَّعَ بَيْنُكُمْ, as some read; or بَيْنَكُمْ, as others: (T, S, M:) the former means Verily your union hath become dissevered: (AA, T, S, M:) the latter, that which was between you; (مَا بَيْنَكُمْ, Ibn-Mes'ood, T, S, or الَّذِى كَانَ بَيْنَكُمْ, IAar, T;) or the state wherein ye were, in respect of partnership among you: (Zj, T:) or the state of circumstances, or the bond, or the love, or affection, [formerly subsisting] among you, or between you; or, accord. to Akh, بَيْنَكُمْ, though in the accus. case as to the letter, is in the nom. case as to the place, by reason of the verb, and the adverbial termination is retained only because the word is commonly used as an adv. n.: (M:) AHát disapproved of the latter reading; but wrongly, because what is suppressed accord. to this reading is implied by what precedes in the same verse. (T.) b2: [It is often used as a partitive, or distributive; as also مَا بَيْنَ: for ex.,] you say, هُمْ بَيْنَ حَاذِفٍ وَقَاذِفٍ, (S and TA in art. قذف,) or هُمْ مَا بَيْنَ حَاذفٍ وقاذفٍ, (TA in art. حذف,) i. e. [They are partly, or in part,] beating with the staff, or stick, and [partly, or in part,] pelting with stones; [or some beating &c., and the others pelting &c.] (S and TA, both in art. قذف, and the latter in art. حذف.) [See also an ex. in a verse cited voce خَيْطَةٌ.] b3: هٰذَا بَيْنَ بَيْنَ means This (namely, a thing, S, or a commodity, Msb) is between good and bad: (S, Msb, K:) or of a middling, or middle, sort: (M:) these two words being two nouns made one, and indecl., with fet-h for their terminations, (S, Msb, K,) like خَمْسَةَ عَشَرَ. (Msb.) الهَمْزَةُ المُخَفَّفَةُ [i. e. the hemzeh uttered lightly] is called هَمْزَةٌ بَيْنَ بَيْنَ, (S, M, K, *) i. e. A hemzeh that is between the hemzeh and the soft letter whence is its vowel; (S, M;) or هَمْزَةُ بَيْنِ بَيْنٍ, the first بين with kesreh but without tenween, and the second with tenween, (Sharh Shudhoor edh-Dhahab,) [i. e. the hemzeh &c.:] if it is with fet-h, it is between the hemzeh and the alif, as in سَاَلَ, (S, M,) for سَأَلَ; (M;) if with kesr, it is between the hemzeh and the yé, as in سَيِمَ, (S, M,) for سَئِمَ; (M;) and if with damm, it is between the hemzeh and the wáw, as in لَوُمَ, (S, M,) for لَؤُمَ: (M:) it is never at the beginning of a word, because of its nearness, by reason of feebleness, to the letter that is quiescent, (S, M,) though, notwithstanding this, it is really movent: (S:) it is thus called because it is weak, (Sb, S, M,) not having the power of the hemzeh uttered with its proper sound, nor the clearness of the letter whence is its vowel. (M.) 'Obeyd Ibn-El-Abras says, تَحْمِى حَقِيقَتَنَا وَبَعْ ضُ القَوْمِ يَسْقُطُ بَيْنَ بَيْنَا i. e. [Thou defendest what we ought to defend, or our banner, or standard, while some of the people, or company of men,] fall, one after another, in a state of weakness, not regarded as of any account: (S:) or it is as though he said, between these and these; like a man who enters between two parties in some affair, and falls, or slips, or commits a mistake, and is not honourably mentioned in relation to it: so says Seer: (IB, TA:) or between entering into fight and holding back from it; as when one says, Such a one puts forward a foot, and puts back another. (TA.) b4: ↓ بَيْنَا and ↓ بَيْنَمَا are of the number of inceptive حُرُوف: (M, K:) this is clear if by حروف is meant "words:" that they have become particles, no one says: they are still adv. ns.: (MF, TA:) the former is بَيْنَ with its [final] fet-hah rendered full in sound; and hence the ا; (Mughnee in the section next after that of وا, and K;) [i. e.,] it is of the measure فَعْلَى [or فَعْلَا] from البَيْن, the [final] fet-hah being rendered full in sound, and so becoming ا; and the latter is بَيْنَ with مَا [restrictive of its government] added to it; and both have the same meaning [of While, or whilst]: (S:) or the ا in the former is the restrictive ا; or, as some say, it is a portion of the restrictive ما [in the latter]: (Mughnee ubi suprà:) and these do not exclude بَيْنَ from the category of nouns, but only cut it off from being prefixed to another noun: (MF, TA:) they are substitutes for that to which بَيْنَ would otherwise be prefixed: (Mgh:) some say that these two words are adv. ns. of time, denoting a thing's happening suddenly, or unexpectedly; and they are prefixed to a proposition consisting of a verb and an agent, or an inchoative and enunciative; so that they require a complement to complete the meaning. (TA.) One says, بَيْنَا نَحْنُ كَذٰلِكَ إِذْ حَدَثَ كَذَا [While we were in such a state as that, lo, or there, or then, such a thing happened, or came to pass]: (M, Mgh, * K: *) and بَيْنَمَا نَحْنُ كَذَا [While we were thus]: (Mgh:) and بَيْنَا نَحْنُ نَرْقُبُهُ أَتَانَا [While we were looking, or waiting, for him, he came to us]; (S, M;) a saying of a poet, cited by Sb; (M;) the phrase being elliptical; (S, M;) meaning بَيْنَ أَوْقَاتِ نَحْنُ نَرْقُبُهُ, (M,) i. e., بَيْنَ

أَوْقَاتِ رِقْبَتِنَا إِيَّاهُ [between the times of our looking, or waiting, for him]. (S, M.) As used to put nouns following بَيْنَا in the gen. case when بَيْنَ might properly supply its place; as in the saying (of Aboo-Dhu-eyb, which he thus recited, with kesr, S), بَيْنَا تَعَنُّقِهِ الكُمَاةَ وَرَوْغِهِ يَوْمًا أُتِيحَ لَهُ جَرِىْءٌ سَلْفَعُ [Amid his embracing the courageous armed men, and his guileful eluding, one day a bold, daring man was appointed for him, to slay him]: (S, K:) in [some copies of] the K, تَعَنُّفِهِ; but in the Deewán [of the Hudhalees], تعنّقه: [in the Mughnee, ubi suprà, تَعَانُقِهِ:] the meaning is بَيْنَ تَعَانُقِهِ; the ا being added to give fulness to the sound of the [final] vowel: (TA:) As used to say that the ا is here redundant: (Skr, TA:) others put the nouns following both بَيْنَا and بَيْنَمَا in the nom. case, as the inchoative and enunciative. (Skr, S, K.) Mbr says that when the noun following بينا is a real subst., it is put in the nom. case as an inchoative; but when it is an inf. n., or a noun of the inf. kind, it is put in the gen., and بينا in this instance has the meaning of بَيْنَ: and Ahmad Ibn-Yahyà says the like, but some persons of chaste speech treat the latter kind of noun like the former: after بينما, however, each kind of noun must be in the nom. case. (AA, T.) [See an ex. in a verse cited towards the end of art. اذ.]

بَيْنَا see بَيْنٌ بَيْنَمَا see بَيْنٌ بِينٌ A separation, or division, (T, M, K,) between two things, (T,) or between two lands; (M, K;) as when there is a rugged place, with sands near it, and between the two is a tract neither rugged nor plain: (T:) an elevation in rugged ground: (M, K:) the extent to which the eye reaches, (T, M, K,) of a road, (T,) or of land: (M:) a piece of land extending as far as the eye reaches: (T, S:) and a region, tract, or quarter: (AA, T, M, K:) pl. بُيُونٌ. (S, TA.) بَيَانٌ is originally the inf. n. of بَانَ as syn. with تَبَيَّنَ, and so signifies The being [distinct or] apparent &c.; (Kull;) or it is a subst. in this sense: (Msb:) or a subst. from بَيَّنَ, [and so signifies the making distinct or apparent &c.,] being like سَلَامٌ and كَلَامٌ from سَلَّمَ and كَلَّمَ. (Kull.) b2: Hence, conventionally, (Kull,) The means by which one makes a thing [distinct,] apparent, manifest, evident, clear, plain, or perspicuous: (S, Er-Rághib, TA, Kull:) this is of two kinds: one is [a circumstantial indication or evidence; or] a thing indicating, or giving evidence of, a circumstance, or state, that is a result, or an effect, of a quality or an attribute: the other is a verbal indication or evidence, either spoken or written: [see also بَيِّنَةٌ:] it is also applied to language that discovers and shows the meaning that is intended: and an explanation of confused and vague language: (Er-Rághib, TA:) or the eduction of a thing from a state of dubiousness to a state of clearness: or making the meaning apparent to the mind so that it becomes distinct from other meanings and from what might be confounded with it. (TA.) b3: Also Perspicuity, clearness, distinctness, chasteness, or eloquence, of speech or language: (T, S:) or simply perspicuity thereof: (Har p. 2:) or perspicuity of speech with quickness, or sharpness, of intellect: (M, K:) or perspicuous, or chaste, or eloquent, speech, declaring, or telling plainly, what is in the mind: (Ksh, TA:) or the showing of the intent, or meaning, with the most eloquent expression: it is an effect of understanding, and of sharpness, or quickness, of mind, with perspicuity, or chasteness, or eloquence, of speech: (Nh, TA:) or a faculty, or principles, [or a science,] whereby one knows how to express [with perspicuity of diction] one meaning in various forms: (Kull:) [some of the Arabs restrict the science of البيان to what concerns comparisons and tropes and metonymies; which last the Arabian rhetoricians distinguish from tropes: and some make it to include rhetoric altogether:] Esh-Shereeshee says, in his Expos. of the Maká-mát [of El-Hareeree] that the difference between بَيَانٌ and ↓ تِبْيَانٌ is this: that the former denotes perspicuity of meaning; and the latter, the making the meaning to be understood; and the former is to another person, and the latter to oneself; but sometimes the latter is used in the sense of the former: (TA:) or the former is the act of the tongue, and the latter is the act of the mind: (Har p. 2:) or the former concerns the verbal expression, and the latter concerns the meaning. (Kull.) It is said in a trad., إِنَّ مِنَ البَيَانِ سِحْرًا (S) or لَسِحْرًا (TA) [Verily there is a kind of eloquence that is enchantment: see this explained in art. سحر]. The saying in the Kur [lv. 2 and 3], خَلَقَ الْإِنْسَانَ عَلَّمَهُ الْبَيَانَ means He hath created the Prophet: He hath taught him the Kur-án wherein is the manifestation of everything [needful to be known]: or He hath created Adam, or man as meaning all mankind: He hath [taught him speech, and so] made him to discriminate, and thus to be distinguished from all [other] animals:(Zj, T:) or He hath taught him that whereby he is distinguished from other animals, namely, the declaration of what is in the mind, and the making others to understand what he has perceived, for the reception of inspiration, and the becoming acquainted with the truth, and the learning of the law. (Bd.) b4: It is also applied to Verbosity, and the going deep, or being extravagant, in speech, and affecting to be perspicuous, or chaste, therein, or eloquent, and pretending to excel others therein; or some بيان is thus termed; and is blamed in a trad., as a kind of hypocrisy; as though it were a sort of self-conceit and pride. (TA.) بِئْرٌ بَيُونٌ A well of which the rope does not strike against the sides, because its interior is straight: or that is wide in the upper part, and narrow in the lower: or in which the drawer of water makes the rope to be aloof from its sides, because of its crookedness: (T:) or deep and wide; (S, K;) because the ropes are wide apart from its sides; (S;) as also ↓ بَائِنَةٌ: (S, TA:) or that is wide between the two [opposite] sides: (M:) pl. [regularly of the latter epithet] بَوَائِنُ. (T, S.) بَيِّنٌ [Distinct, as though separate from others; and thus,] apparent, manifest, evident, clear, plain, or perspicuous; (T, S, Msb, K;) as also ↓ بَائِنٌ (T) and ↓ مُبِينٌ: (T, S:) pl. [of mult.] أَبْيِنَآءُ (S, K) and [of pauc.] بَيِنَةٌ. (K.) Hence, الكِتَابُ

↓ المُبِينٌ [as applied to the Kur, q. v. in xii. 1, &c.,] The clear, plain, or perspicuous, book or writing or scripture: or, as some say, this means the book &c. that makes manifest all that is required [to be known]: (T:) or, of which the goodness and the blessing are made manifest: or, that makes manifest the truth as distinguished from falsity, and what is lawful as distinguished from what is unlawful, and that the prophetic office of Mohammad is true, and so are the narratives relating to the prophets: (Zj, T:) or, that makes manifest the right paths as distinguished from the wrong. (M, TA.) And كَلَامٌ بَيِّنٌ Perspicuous, clear, distinct, chaste, or eloquent, language. (T.) b2: A man, or thing, bearing evidence of a quality &c. that he, or it, possesses. (S and K and other Lexicons passim.) b3: A man (M) perspicuous, or clear, or distinct, in speech or language; or chaste therein; or eloquent; (ISh, T, M, K;) fluent, elegant, and elevated, in speech, and having little hesitation therein: (ISh, T:) pl. أَبْيِنَآءُ (T, M, K) and بُيَنَآءُ and [of pauc.]

أَبْيَانٌ: (Lh, M, K:) the second of these pls. is anomalous: the last is formed by likening فَعِيلٌ to فَاعِلٌ: [for بَيِّنٌ is a contraction of بَيِينٌ:] but the pl. most agreeable with analogy is بَيِّنُونَ: so says Sb. (M.) بَيِّنَةٌ An evidence, an indication, a demonstration, a proof, a voucher, or an argument, (Mgh, TA,) such as is manifest, or. clear, whether intellectual or perceived by sense; (TA;) [originally بَيِينَةٌ,] of the measure فَعِيلَةٌ, from بَيْنُونَةٌ, [see 1, first sentence,] and بَيَانٌ [q. v.]: (Mgh:) and the testimony of a witness: pl. بَيِّنَاتٌ. (TA.) بَائِنٌ In a state of separation or disunion; or separated, severed, disunited, or cut off; (M, * Msb;) as also ↓ أَبْيَنُ, occurring in a verse cited above, voce بَيِّنَ. [Hence,] اِمْرَأَةٌ بَائِنٌ A woman separated from her husband by divorce; (M, Msb, K;) as also ↓ مُبَانَةٌ: the former without ة: (Msb:) like طَالِقٌ and حَائِضٌ: you say [to a wife] أَنْتِ بَائِنٌ [Thou art separated from me by divorce.] (Mgh.) b2: طَلَاقٌ بَائِنٌ is a tropical phrase; and so is طَلْقَةٌ بَائِنَةٌ; (Mgh;) [signifying the same as] تَطْلِيقَةٌ بَائِنَةٌ (S, M, Msb, K) (tropical:) A divorce that is [as it were] cut off; i. q. ↓ مُبَانَةٌ [in the second and third of these phrases, and ↓ مُبَانٌ in the first]: (ISk, Msb:) بائنة being here used in the sense of a pass. part. n.: (S, Sgh, Msb:) or it [is a possessive epithet, and thus] means having separation: this kind of divorce is one in the case of which the man cannot take back the woman unless by a new contract; (TA;) nor without her consent. (MF in art. بت.) b3: قَوْسٌ بَائِنَةٌ, (S, M, K,) and بَائِنٌ, (M, K,) A bow that is widely separate from its string: (S, M, K:) contr. of بَانِيَةٌ; (S, M;) this signifying one that is so near to its string as almost to stick to it: (S:) each of these denotes what is a fault. (S, M.) b4: بِئْرٌ بَائِنَةٌ: see بَيُونٌ. b5: نَخْلَةٌ بَائِنَةٌ A palm-tree of which the racemes have come forth from the spathes, and of which the fruit-stalks have grown long. (AHn, M.) b6: البَائِنُ also signifies He who comes to the milch beast [meaning the she-camel, when she is to be milked,] from her left side; (S, K;) and المُعَلِّى, he who comes to her from her right side: (S:) or the former, he who stands on the right of the she-camel when she is milked, and holds the milking-vessel, and raises it to the milker, who stands on her left, and is called المُسْتَعْلِى: (T:) two persons are engaged in milking the she-camel; one of them holds the milking-vessel on the right side, and the other milks on the left side; and the milker is called المُسْتَعْلِى and المُعَلِّى; and the holder, البائن: (M:) pl. بُيَّنٌ. (T.) It is said in a prov., اِسْتُ البَائِنِ أَعْرَفُ, or, as some say, أَعْلَمُ; meaning (assumed tropical:) He who has superintended an affair, and exercised himself diligently in the management thereof, is better acquainted with it than he who has not done this. (T. [See Freytag's Arab. Prov. i. 606.]) b7: طَوِيلٌ بَائِنٌ Excessively tall, far above the stature of tall men. (TA.) A2: See also بَيِّنٌ.

طَلَبَ إِلَى أَبَوَيْهِ البَائِنَةَ He asked, or begged, of his two parents, the separation of himself from them, by [their giving him] property, (Az, T, M,) to be his alone. (T.) أَبْيَنُ: see بَائِنٌ.

A2: فُلَانٌ أَبْيَنُ مِنْ فُلَانٍ Such a one is more perspicuous, clear, distinct, chaste, or eloquent, in speech or language, than such a one. (S, TA.) تِبْيَانٌ an anomalous inf. n. (T, S, K) of 2, q. v.: (T:) or a subst. used as an inf. n.; (MF, TA;) i. e., a subst. from 2. (Sb, M, TA.) See بَيَانٌ.

مُبَانٌ; and its fem., with ة: see بَائِنٌ, in three places.

مُبِينٌ Separating, severing, disuniting, or cutting off; (S, K;) as also مُبْيِنٌ, like مُحْسِنٌ: (K:) but [the right reading in the K may be وَمُبِينٌ كَمُحْسِنٍ, meaning "and مُبِينٌ is like مُحْسِنٌ:" if not,] مُبْيِنٌ is a mistake. (TA.) A2: See also بَيِّنٌ, in two places.

مَبَايِنُ الحَقِّ [in which the former word is app. pl. of مُبِينَةٌ] signifies The things that make the truth to be apparent, manifest, evident, clear, or plain; or the means of making it so; syn. مَوَاضِحُهُ. (TA.)

دون

Entries on دون in 16 Arabic dictionaries by the authors Ibn Sīda al-Mursī, Al-Muḥkam wa-l-Muḥīṭ al-Aʿẓam, Muḥammad al-Fattinī, Majmaʿ Biḥār al-Anwār fī Gharāʾib al-Tanzīl wa Laṭāʾif al-Akhbār, Supplément aux dictionnaires arabes by Reinhart Dozy, and 13 more

دون

1 دَانَ, aor. ـُ inf. n. دَوْنٌ; and ↓ أُدِينَ, (S, K,) with damm, (K,) inf. n. إِدَانَةٌ; (S;) He, or it, was, or became, such as is termed دُونٌ; (S, K;) [i. e.] low, base, vile, &c.: or weak: (K:) mentioned by Er-Rághib on the authority of IKt: (TA:) so say some: but accord. to others, دُونٌ has no verb. (S, TA.) لَمْ يَدُنْ, (as in my copies of the S,) or لم يُدَنْ, (as in the TA,) at the end of a verse of 'Adee, as some relate it, [perhaps the only authority for these two verbs,] is accord. to others لم يدَنّْ, from دَنَّى

meaning “ he, or it, was, or became, weak. ” (S, K.) 2 دوّن الدَّيوَانَ, (inf. n. تَدْوِينٌ, TA,) He wrote, composed, or drew up, the register [&c.]. (S, * Msb, K, TA. *) And دوّن الدَّوَاوِينَ He instituted, appointed, or arranged, the registers for the prefects, or administrators, (Mgh, Msb,) and the Kádees, (Mgh,) or others: (Msb:) said of 'Omar; who is related to have been the first that did this, (Mgh, Msb,) among the Arabs. (Msb.) And دوّن الكُتُبَ He collected the writings. (Mgh.) [And دوّن شِعْرَ فُلَانٍ He collected the poetry of such a one.] And تَدْوِينٌ signifies also The writing [a person's name &c.] in a دِيوَان [or register]. (KL.) You say, دوّنهُ He wrote it [in a register]. (MA.) [And He registered him.]4 أُدِينَ, inf. n. إِدَانَةٌ: see 1.

A2: مَا أَدْوَنَهُ [as meaning How low, base, vile, &c., is he, or it!] is [asserted to be] a phrase not used, (As, T, K, TA,) because [it is said that] دُونٌ has no verb. (As, T, TA.) 5 تدوّن He was, or became, in a state of complete richness, wealth, or competence. (IAar, T, K.) [See also تذوّن. Perhaps both are correct, as dial. vars.]

دُونً Low, base, vile, mean, paltry, inconsiderable, or contemptible; (Fr, T, S, M, * Msb, K;) applied to a man &c.: (T, Msb:) and inferior, i. e. lower, baser, viler, &c., in grounds of pretension to respect or honour [or in any approvable quality]: (Lth, T:) and such as falls short [of a thing]; used in this sense as a prefixed noun: (Ham p. 686:) [see below what is said of its usage as a prefixed noun by Lth and by Sb: and used as an epithet, scanty, or deficient; applied to anything:] and of a middling sort; between good and bad; applied to a man and to a commodity: (M:) and also high, or eminent, in rank or condition; noble, or honourable: (T, K:) thus it bears two contr. significations (K) [and significations intermediate between those two]. A poet says, إِذَا مَا عَلَا المَرْءُ رَامَ العَلَآء

وَيَقْتَعُ بِالدُّونِ مَنْ كَانَا دُونَا [When the man is high in rank, or nobility, he seeks highness: and he who is low is content with that which is low]. (S.) Accord. to the most common usage, (Msb,) or accord. to what is asserted to be the most common usage, (Lh, M,) one says رَجُلٌ مِنْ دُونٍ (T, M, Msb, K) and شَىْءٌ مِنْ دُونٍ (M, Msb) A man who is [of a kind that is] low, base, &c., and a thing that is [of a kind that is] low, base, &c.: (Msb:) but sometimes they said رَجُلٌ دُونٌ and شَىْءٌ دُونٌ, without مِنْ; (M, Msb;) and ثَوْبٌ دُونٌ a bad [or an inferior] garment, or piece of cloth: (M:) or one should not say رَجُلٌ دُونٌ; (T, K;) for the Arabs did not use this phrase. (T.) Accord. to Lth, one says, هٰذَا دُونُ ذَاكَ [This is the inferior of that], when meaning to denote by it low estimation, using the nom. case: (T:) [but this is uncommon, if allowable:] Sb says that دُون is not used in the nom. case as a prefixed noun: as to the saying in the Kur [lxxii. 11, an instance similar to which occurs also in vii. 167], مِنَّا الصَّالِحُونَ وَ مِنَّا دُونَ ذٰلِكَ, the meaning is, وَ مِنَّا قَوْمٌ دُونَ ذٰلِكَ [i. e. Of us are the righteous, and of us are a party below that party in rank or estimation]; (M, TA;) or, as another says, دون is here in the accus. case but in the place of a noun in the nom. case because it is generally used as an adv. n. (TA.) b2: As an adv. n., دُون signifies Below, contr. of فَوْق; (S, K;) as denoting a falling short of the [right or approved] limit; (S;) or denoting low, or mean, estimation or condition; (Lth, T, M;) or a condition lower, baser, viler, &c., than that of another, in grounds of pretension to respect or honour [or in any approvable quality]; (Lth, T;) [and hence, inferior to, beneath, under, or short of, another in rank, height, size, &c.;] and less than another, and more deficient than another: (Fr, T:) and also above; i. q. فَوْق; (T, K;) in highness, or eminence, of rank or condition, or in nobility; (T;) [and hence, exceeding another, and more than another:] thus bearing two contr. significations. (K.) You say, زَيْدٌ دُونَكَ meaning Zeyd is [below thee, or] in a condition lower, baser, viler, &c., than thine, in grounds of pretension to respect or honour [&c.]: and when one says, “Verily such a one is high, or eminent, in rank or condition,” or “ is noble,” another replies, وَ دُونَ ذٰلِكَ meaning And above that. (T.) b3: Also Beneath, below in situation, or under; syn. تَحْت. (T, TA.) Using it in this sense, you say, دُوَن قَدَمِكَ خَدُّ عَدُوِّكَ [May the cheek of thine enemy be beneath thy foot]: (T, TA:) and جَلَسَ دُونَهُ [He sat below him]. (TA.) b4: Also Before in respect of place, or in front: and [the contr., namely,] behind, or beyond. (T, M, K.) [You may say, using it in the former sense, جَلَسَ دُونَهُ He sat before him, or in front of him: (see Ham p. 86:) and, using it in the latter sense,] you say, هٰذَا أَمِيرٌ عَلَى مَا دُونَ جَيْحُونَ This [man] is governor, or prince, over what is beyond [the river] Jeyhoon. (TA.) b5: And i. q. قَبْل [generally signifying Before in respect of time; but as some say, in respect of place also, which may perhaps be here meant]: (T:) and [the contr., namely,] i. q. بَعْد [generally meaning after in respect of time; but as some say, in respect of place also, which may perhaps be here meant]. (Fr, T, TA.) b6: It signifies also Nearer than another thing: (S, Msb, K:) so in the phrase هٰذَا دُونَ ذٰلِكَ [This is nearer than that]; (S Msb;) or هٰذَا دُونَهُ [this is nearer than he, or it]. (K.) [Hence,] one says also, اُدْنُ دُونَكَ meaning Draw thou near in the space that is between me and thee: (A Heyth, T:) [or approach thou nearer to me:] or draw thou near [or nearer] to me. (IAar, T, M, K.) And يَزِيدُ بَغُضُّ الطَّرْفَ دُونِى, a saying of a poet, means Yezeed lowers the eye towards a spot between me and him. (A Heyth, T.) [خَشَعَتْ دُونَهُ الأَبْصَارُ, also, has a similar meaning: see 1 in art. خشع. So, too, has the phrase, خَاوَتَ طَرْفَهُ دُونِى: see 3 in art. خوت. And hence,] one says, دُونَ النَّهْرِ جَمَاعَةٌ [In the way of, or to, the river, or on this side of the river, or nearer than the river, is a company of men; or] before thy reaching the river [there is to be found, or encountered, a company of men]. (K.) And دُونَ قَتْلِ الأَسَدِ أَهْوَالٌ [In the way of, or to, the slaying of the lion, or] before thine attaining to the slaying of the lion, terrors [are to be encountered]. (T, TA.) [And دُونَهُ خَرْطُ القَتَادِ: see 1 in art. خرط.] And حَالَ دُونَ الشَّىْءِ [It intervened as an obstacle in the way to the thing; or] it prevented from attaining the thing. (W p. 71.) [And لَيْسَ دُونَهُ شَىْءٌ There is nothing intervening as an obstacle in the way of, or to, him, or it.] And [hence,] قُتِلَ دُونَ مَالِهِ, and نَفْسِهِ, and أَخِيهِ, and جَارِهِ, He was slain in defence of his property, and of himself, and of his brother, and of his neighbour. (Occurring in a trad. commencing with the words الغَرِيقُ شَهِيدٌ, in the “ Jámi' es-Sagheer,” and thus explained in the margin of a copy of that work.) [And نَبَحَ دُونَهُ is a modern phrase meaning (assumed tropical:) He defended him as though by barking in the way to him.] b7: [Hence,] also i. q. عَلَى [as meaning Against; denoting defence by means of intervention: see an ex. in a verse cited voce شَخْصٌ]. (Fr, T, TA.) b8: And i. q. عِنْدَ [meaning At, near, nigh, by, or near by; with, or present with; &c.]. (Fr, T, Ibn-Es-Seed.) Accord. to Ez-Zowzanee, it has this meaning in the saying of Imra-el-Keys, [describing a horse,] فَأَلْحَقَنَا بِالهَادِيَاتِ وَ دُونَهُ جَوَاحِرُهَا فِى صَرَّةٍ لَمْ تُزَيَّلِ (TA, but only the former hemistich is there given,) i. e. And he made us to overtake the foremost of the wild animals, while near to him were those that lagged behind, in a herd, not dispersed. (EM p. 48.) b9: And i. q. غَيْر [as meaning Other than, beside, or besides, exclusively of, or not as used before a substantive or an adjective]. (K.) Hence, in the Kur [xxi. 82], وَيَعْمَلُونَ عَمَلًا دُونَ ذٰلِكَ [And who should do work other than, or beside, that]. (Fr, TA.) And in the same [iv. 51 and 116], وَيَغْفِرُ مَا دُونَ ذٰلِكَ But He will forgive what is other than that: or, as some say, what is less than that. (Er-Rághib, TA.) and so, it is said, in the trad., لَيْسَ فِيمَا دُونَ خَمْسِ أَوَاقٍ

صَدَقَةٌ [There is no poor-rate to be exacted in the case of what is other than, or not, or, rather less than, five ounces]. (K.) So, too, it is said to mean in the trad., أَجَازَ الخُلْعَ دُونَ عِقَاصِ رَأْسِهَا [He allowed the divorcing a wife for a gift, or compensation, other than the عِقَاص (q. v.) of her head: in the CK, in which الخَلْعُ is erroneously put for الخُلْعَ, this is given as an ex. of ذُونَ in the sense of سَوِى, which is syn. with غَيْر]: or the meaning is, for anything, even for the عقاص of her head. (K, TA.) b10: It is also used (M, K, TA) as a subst. (M, TA) with مِنْ prefixed to it, [very often in this case, in the Kur and elsewhere, as meaning غَيْر and sometimes in other senses explained above,] and likewise with بِ (M, K, TA,) though rarely. (K.) One says, هٰذَا دُونَكَ and هٰذَا مِنْ دُونِكَ [This is below thee, or above thee: &c.]. (M, TA.) And it is said in the Kur [xxviii. 23], وَوَجَدَ مِنْ دُونِهِمُ امْرَأَتَيْنِ (M, TA) And he found in a place below them two women: (Bd:) or beside them, or exclusively of them. (Jel.) One says also, هٰدَا لِىدُونَ لَكَ or مِنْ دُونِكَ [meaning This belongs to me exclusively of thee]; i. e. thou hast no right nor share [with me] in this. (Kull p. 186.) The phrase فِيهِمْ مَنْ لَيْسَ بِدُونِهِ [app. as meaning Among whom was such as was not below him in respect of knowledge of poetry] is used by Akh in his book on rhymes. (M, TA.) b11: It also denotes a command, (T, K,) and an incitement (Fr, T, S, K) to do a thing. (S.) Using it in the former sense, you say, دُونَكَ الدِّرْهَمَ, meaning Take thou the dirhem; (T;) or دُونَكَ الشَّىْءَ and دُونَكَ بِالشَّىْءِ, meaning Take thou the thing: (M:) and using it in the latter sense, you say, دُونَكَهُ, (S, K, TA,) meaning Keep thou, cleave thou, cling thou, or hold thou fast, to him; and take care of him: (TA:) or دُنَكَ زَيْدًا Keep thou, &c., to Zeyd, taking care of him. (T.) Temeem [meaning a party of the tribe so named] said to El-Hajjáj, when he had slain, i. e. crucified, Sálih Ibn-' Abd-Er-Rahmán, “ Permit us to bury Sálih: ” and he replied, دُونَكُمُوهُ [Take ye him]. (S, TA.) b12: And it also denotes a threat. (T, K.) So in the sayings دُوَكَ صِرَاعِى [Beware thou of wrestling with me] and دُونَكَ فَتَمَرَّسْ بِى [Beware thou, and then set thyself against me to do evil if thou canst]. (T, TA.) b13: It is said that no verb is derived from it: (T, S, M, Msb:) but some assert that دَانَ and أُدِينَ [mentioned in the first paragraph of this art.] are derived from it. (S.) b14: The dim. of دُونَ is ↓ دُوَيْنَ: (Ham p. 404:) and ↓ دُوَيْنَةَ occurs as a dim. in a verse of a post-classical poet; but, [ISd says,] of what word I know not, unless they said ↓ دُونَةَ [for دُونَ]. (M.) دُونَةَ: see the next preceding sentence.

دُوَيْنَ: see the next preceding sentence.

دُوَيْنَةَ: see the next preceding sentence.

دَيْوَانٌ: see the next paragraph.

دِيوَانٌ, an arabicized word, (AO, M, Msb, &c.,) from the Pers\. [دِيوَانْ]; (AO, M, &c.;) [though some hold it to be of Arabic origin:] J says, (TA,) it is originally دِوَّانٌ, but ى is substituted for one of the و s ; as is shown by its pl., (S, Msb,) which is دَوَاوِينُ; (S, M, Msb, K;) for if the ى were radical, they would say دَيَاوِينُ; (S;) but accord. to IDrd and IJ, (IB, TA,) it has this latter pl. also: (M, IB, K, TA:) Sb says that the و in دِيوَانٌ, though after ى, is not changed into ى, as it is in سَيِّدٌ, because the ى in the former word is not inherent; that word being of the measure فِعَّالٌ, from دَوَّنْتَ; (M;) [i. e.] it is from دَوَّنَ الكُتُبَ meaning “ he collected the writings; ” as is shown by their saying ↓ دُوَيْوِينٌ, (M,) which is the dim.: (Msb:) ISk says that ديوان is with kesr only [to the د]; (M;) but one says ↓ دَيْوَانٌ also, (K,) which is mentioned by Ks, as postclassical, and by Sb; like بَيْطَارٌ: (M:) the meaning is A دَفْتَر [or register]: (Shifá el-Ghaleel, TA:) or a collection of written leaves or papers [forming a book, generally for registration]: (ISk, M, Mgh, * K:) or a register of accounts; an accountbook: (Msb:) and a register of soldiers and pensioners [and others]: (IAth, K:) the first who instituted, or appointed, or arranged, such a book, (Mgh, Msb, K,) among the Arabs, (Msb,) for the prefects, or administrators, (Mgh, Msb,) and the Kádees, (Mgh,) is said to have been 'Omar: (Mgh, Msb, K: *) accord. to El-Máwardee, it is a register of what concerns the rights, or dues, of the state, relating to the acts of the government, and the finances, and the military and other administrators thereof: (TA:) then any book was thus called: and especially the poetry of some particular poet: so that this meaning became [conventionally regarded as] a proper signification thereof; (Shifá el-Ghaleel, TA;) i. e. a collection of poetry [of a particular poet]. (TA.) [Hence,] one says, فُلَانٌ مِنْ أَهْلِ الدِّيوَانِ, meaning Such a one is of those whose names are written in the register. (Mgh.) [Also Such a one is of the keepers of the register; or, is of the registrars. (And sometimes it has another meaning, which see below.) And hence the saying] الشِّعْرُ دِيوَانُ العَرَبِ (assumed tropical:) [Poetry is the register of the Arabs]: because they used to refer to it on their differing in opinion respecting genealogies and wars or fights and the appointing of stipends or allowances from the government-treasury, like as the people of the ديوان [properly so called] refer to their ديوان in a case that is doubtful to them; or because it was the depository of their sciences, and the preserver of their rules of discipline, and the mine of their histories. (Har p. 263.) b2: Afterwards, also, it was applied to signify An account, or a reckoning. (Msb, TA.) b3: and Writers [of accounts or reckonings]. (TA.) b4: And A place of account or reckoning, (Msb, TA,) and of writers [of accounts or reckonings] (TA.) b5: [Also A council, court, or tribunal: see دَسْتٌ. Hence أَهْلُ الدِّيوَانِ sometimes means The people of the council, court, or tribunal. b6: And also, in the present day, A long seat, formed of a mattress laid against the side of a room, upon the floor or upon a raised structure or frame, with cushions to lean against; or two or more of such mattresses &c. similarly placed.]

ديوَانِىٌّ Of, or belonging to, a دِيوَان. (TA.) دُوَيْوِينٌ dim. of دِيوَانٌ, q. v. (M, * Msb.) أَدْوَنُ is used by IJ in the phrase ذٰلِكَ أَقَلٌّ الأَمْرَيْنِ وَأَدْوَنُهُمَا [That is the lesser of the two affairs, or cases, and the lower, baser, &c., of them]: but [ISd says that] this is strange, because [he held that], like أَحْنَكَ, it has no verb belonging to it. (M.)

صرف

Entries on صرف in 24 Arabic dictionaries by the authors Al-Ṣaghānī, al-ʿUbāb al-Dhākhir wa-l-Lubāb al-Fākhir, Al-Muṭarrizī, al-Mughrib fī Tartīb al-Muʿrib, Zayn al-Dīn al-Razī, Mukhtār al-Ṣiḥāḥ, and 21 more

صرف



الصَّرْفُ signifies The turning, or sending, or putting, a thing away, or back, from its way, or course; the causing it to turn away, or back; therefrom; the averting it, or repelling it therefrom: (M:) or the shifting a thing from one state, or condition, to another; (Bd in vi. 105;) and so ↓ التَّصْرِيفُ. (TA.) You say, صَرَفَهُ, (M, K,) or صَرَفَهُ عَنْ وَجْهِهِ, (Msb, TA,) i. e. عَنْ سَنَنِهِ, (TA in art. وجه,) aor. ـِ (M, Msb, K,) inf. n. صَرْفٌ, (M, Msb,) He turned, sent, or put, him, or it, away, or back, &c., (M, K,) from his, or its, way, or course. (M.) And نَفْسَهُ عَنِ ↓ صارف الشَّىْءِ, meaning صَرَفَهَا عَنْهُ [He turned himself away, or back, from the thing]. (M.) and صَرَفْتُ الرَّجُلَ عَنِّى [I turned the man away, or back, or I averted him, or repelled him, from me]. (S.) And صَرَفَ الصِّبْيَانَ He dismissed the boys, or sent them away, syn. قَلَبَهُمْ, (S, K,) from the school: (K:) or صَرَفْتُ الصَّبِىَّ I let the boy go his way; and in like manner, الأَجِيرَ the hired man. (Msb.) And صَرَفَ اللّٰهُ عَنْكَ الأَذَى [May God avert from thee harm]. (S.) And ↓ اصطرف وَجْهَهُ (K in art. سفو and سفى) [meaning صَرَفَهُ i. e.] He turned away his face. (TK in that art.) صَرَفَ اللّٰهُ قُلُوبَهُمْ, in the Kur [ix. 128], means God hath made them to err in requital of that which they have done: (M, TA:) or God hath turned them away, or may God turn them away, from belief. (Bd.) And سَأَصْرِفُ عَنْ آيَاتِى, in the Kur [vii. 143], means [in like manner] I will requite by causing to err from the direction of my signs. (O, TA.) [And one says also, صَرَفَهُ إِلَى كَذَا He turned him (i. e. another man, or the like, as in the Kur xlvi. 28), or it (for ex. his mind or intention), to such a thing.] b2: [Hence,] صَرَفَ الكَلِمَةَ, (TA,) inf. n. صَرْفٌ, (O,) He declined, or inflected, the word [i. e. the noun] with tenween. (O, TA.) See also 2. b3: [Hence, also,] الصَّرْفُ means The exchanging, or giving in exchange, gold for silver [and the reverse]: because it is turned (يُصْرَفُ) thereby from one metal to another. (M.) Yousay صَرَفَ الدَّرَاهِمَ He exchanged, or gave in exchange, the dirhems for [other] dirhems or for deenárs. (Mgh.) And صَرَفْتُ الذَّهَبَ بِالدَّرَاهِمِ I exchanged, or gave in exchange, the gold for dirhems: (Msb:) and الدَّرَاهِمَ بِالدَّنَانِيرِ [the dirhems for deenárs]. (S.) b4: It is said in a trad. respecting الشُّفْعَة [or the right of pre-emption], إِذَا صُرِفَتِ الطُّرُوقُ فَلَا شُفْعَةَ i. e. When the roads thereof are made distinct [app. by their being turned in different directions, from the house, or piece of land, in question, to the possessions of different proprietors, there is no right of pre-emption]: (TA:) the inf. n. of the verb in this case is صَرْفٌ. (TA.) b5: You say also, صَرَفْتُ المَالَ I expended the property; (Msb;) [and so ↓ صرّفتُهُ; for] التَّصْرِيفُ, (M,) or تَصْرِيفُ الدَّرَاهِمِ, (O,) فِى البِيَاعَاتِ, (M, O, K, *) means the expending of money [in the purchase of articles of merchandise]. (M, O, K. *) b6: And صَرَفْتُ الكَلَامَ I embellished the speech [app. by distorting it, or otherwise altering it]; and ↓ صَرَّفْتُهُ has a similar, but intensive, meaning: (Msb:) or صَرْفُ الحَدِيثِ means the embellishing of discourse, or speech, (A 'Obeyd, S, M, O, K,) by adding in it, (A 'Obeyd, S,) or and adding in it; (M, O, K;) and in like manner صَرْفُ الكَلَامِ: (K: [of which see another explanation voce صَرْفٌ:]) and is [said to be] from الصَّرْفُ in pieces of money, meaning “ the superiority of one over another in value. ” (O, K.) b7: صَرَفَ لِأَهْلِهِ [as though meaning صَرَفَ نَفْسَهُ لِأَهْلِهِ]: see 8. b8: [See also صَرْفٌ, below.]

A2: صَرَفَ الشَّرَابَ, (M, O, K,) inf. n. صُرُوفٌ, (M, TA,) He did not mix the beverage, or wine; (M, O, K, TA;) as also ↓ صرّفهُ, and ↓ اصرفهُ; the last mentioned by Th. (M, TA.) And صَرَفَ الخَمْرَ, (K, TA,) aor. ـِ inf. n. صَرْفٌ, (TA,) [or perhaps this should be صُرُوفٌ, as in the next preceding sentence,] He drank the wine unmixed; (K, TA;) [and so ↓ صَرَّفَهَا; for] تَصْرِيفُ الخَمْرِ, (S, O,) or التَّصْرِيفُ فِى الخَمْرِ, (K,) signifies the drinking of wine unmixed. (S, O, K. [Freytag has erroneously expl. صَرَفَ as meaning simply He drank wine.]) A3: صَرَفَتِ البَكْرَةُ, (S, O, K,) aor. ـِ (S, O,) inf. n. صَرِيفٌ, (S, M, O, K,) The sheave of the pulley caused a sound to be heard on the occasion of the drawing of water: (S, M, * O, K:) and the صَرِيف of the door, and of the tush of the camel, is like that of the sheave of the pulley; (S, O;) [i. e.] the صَرِيف of the door, (M, K,) and of the writingreed (M, Msb) and the like, (M,) is a creaking, or grating; (M, Msb, * K;) and so that of the tush of the camel: (K: [ونابُ البَعِيرِ in the CK is a mistake for ونابِ البعير:]) one says of a man, and of a camel, صَرَفَ بِنَابِهِ, (M, TA,) and صَرَفَ نَابَهُ, (TA,) aor. ـِ inf. n. صَرِيفٌ, He grated his canine tooth [against its opposite] so as to cause a sound to be heard: (M, TA:) the صَرِيف of the stallioncamel is [indicative of] his threatening: (M:) or that of the canine tooth of the she-camel denotes her weariness; and that of the canine tooth of the he-camel, his lust: (IKh, TA:) or the صَرِيف of the stallion is from briskness, liveliness, or sprightliness; and that of the female, from fatigue. (As, TA.) [But] b2: صَرَفَتْ, (IAar, S, M, O, K,) aor. ـِ (S, M, O,) inf. n. صُرُوفٌ (S, M, O, K) and صِرَافٌ, (Lth, Lh, IAar, S, M, O, K,) said of a bitch, (S, O, K,) or of any female having a cloven hoof and of any having a claw, (Lh, M,) or of a ewe or she-goat and of bitch and of a cow, (Lth, TA,) or of any female animal of prey, but mostly of a bitch, (IAar, TA,) signifies She lusted for the male: (Lth, Lh, IAar, S, M, O, K:) and the epithet applied to such an animal is ↓ صَارِفٌ. (Lh, IAar, S, M, O, K.) 2 التَّصْرِيفُ [in its primary acceptation is like الصَّرْفُ in the primary acceptation of the latter, but generally relates to several objects, or is used in an intensive sense]: see 1, first sentence: it signifies The turning of the winds (Lth, O, K, TA) from one state or condition, to another; (O, TA;) or from one direction, or course, or way, to another; (Lth, O, K, TA;) and so of the torrents, and of the horse, and of affairs, and of the verses of the Kur-án; (Lth, TA;) the making of the winds to very, or differ; and so of the clouds; (M;) the changing of the winds to south and north [&c.] and hot and cold [&c.]; (Jel in ii.

159, and xlv. 4;) or the making of the winds to be south and north, and east and west, and to be of various sorts in their kinds: (TA:) or تَصْرِيفُ الآيَاتِ signifies [the varying, or diversifying, of the verses of the Kur-án, by repeating them in different forms; or] the making of the verses of the Kur-án distinct [in their meanings by repeating and varying them, as expl. by many of the expositors in the instances occurring in vi. 46 and 65 and 105, and xlvi. 26]. (O, K.) b2: It signifies also The deriving one word from another [by modification of the form for the purpose of modifying the meaning; including what we term the declining of nouns (like الصَّرْفُ) and the conjugating of verbs]. (O, K.) [The science of التَّصْرِيف in language is commonly termed عِلْمُ

↓ الصَّرْفِ.] b3: In relation to property, or money, see 1, near the middle of the paragraph. b4: And in relation to speech, see 1, near the middle of the paragraph. b5: One says also, صرّف الشَّىْءَ, (M,) inf. n. as above, (TA,) meaning He employed the thing in other [i. e. more] than one way; as though he turned it from one way to another way. (M, TA.) b6: And [hence,] صَرَّفْتُهُ فِى الأَمْرِ, (K,) or فِى أَمْرِى, speaking of a man, (S, O,) i. q. قَلَّبْتُهُ [meaning I employed him to act in whatsoever way he pleased, according to his own judgment or discretion or free will, or I made him a free agent, in the disposal, or management, of the affair, or my affair: or (assumed tropical:) I made him, or employed him, to practise versatility, or to use art or artifice or cunning, in the affair, or in my affair; for the quasi-pass., تصرّف, is said to be from الصَّرْفُ as signifying الحِيلَةُ, and is expl. as syn. with اِحْتَالَ: but the former meaning is the more common: and it is also used as meaning simply I employed him in the managing of the affair, or my affair]. (K.) b7: [Hence also, صرّف الفَرَسَ He exercised the horse.]

A2: صرّف الشَّرَابَ: and صرّف الخَمْرَ: see 1, latter half.3 صَاْرَفَ see 1, third sentence. b2: The inf. n. مُصَارَفَةٌ signifies also (assumed tropical:) The dealing, or buying and selling, with any one بِصَرْفٍ [app. meaning with art or artifice or cunning, or it may perhaps mean in the exchanging of money: see صَيْرَفِىٌّ], (KL.) 4 اصرف الشَّرَابَ: see 1, latter half.5 تصرّف [quasi-pass. of 2: thus,] said of a man's face, It turned about; or was, or became, turned about; syn. تقلّب. (Jel in ii. 139.) b2: And It (a thing) was, or became, employed in other [i. e. more] than one way; as though it were turned from one way to another way. (M.) b3: [Hence,] تصرّف فِى الأَمْرِ, (K,) or فِى أَمْرِى, (S,) quasi-pass. of صَرَّفْتُهُ فِيهِ, (S, * O, K,) thus syn. with تقلّب [meaning He acted in whatsoever way he pleased, according to his own judgment or discretion or free will, or as a free agent, in the disposal, or management, of the affair, or my affair; or he was, or became, employed to do so]: (K:) or it is from الصَّرْفُ as signifying الحِيلَةُ; (S, M, TA;) i. e. it means (tropical:) [he practised versatility, or] he used art or artifice or cunning, in the affair, or in my affair; syn. اِحْتَالَ. (TA [and in like manner Bd in xxv. 20: but the former meaning is the more common: see also 8].) [It is also used as meaning simply He employed himself, or was employed, in the managing of the affair, or my affair; because the management of affairs generally requires the practice of versatility, or the use of art or artifice or cunning.]

b4: [Hence also, said of a horse, He was exercised.]7 انصرف, (S, M, O, K,) inf. n. اِنْصِرَافٌ, (O,) and مُنْصَرَفٌ is also sometimes an inf. n. thereof as well as a n. of place, (S,) quasi-pass. of صَرَفَهُ, (S, M,) said of a thing, (M,) or of a man; (S;) as such signifying It [or he] turned, or went, away, or back, from its [or his] way, or course; or was, or became, turned, or sent, or put, away, or back, therefrom; or averted, or repelled, therefrom: (M:) [or shifted from one state, or condition, to another: (see 1, first sentence:)] or i. q. اِنْكَفَّ; so in the copies of the K; but [this is an inadequate explanation;] the right [or better] explanation is انْكَفَأَ [i. e. he, or it, reverted, or returned; or was, or became, turned away or back]; agreeably with what is said in the O. (TA.) ثُمَّ انْصَرَفُوا in the Kur [ix. 128] means Then they return, or go back, from the place in which they have listened: or then they turn away from doing aught of that which they have heard. (M.) b2: [Accord. to Golius, it signifies also It ran in a small stream; or the like; for he explains it as meaning “ manavit: ” but for this he names no authority. b3: Said of a noun, it means It was inflected, or declined, with tenween.]8 اصطرف (tropical:) He sought, sought after, or sought to gain, sustenance or the like, (M, TA,) and used art or artifice or cunning [in so doing]; (M;) for his family, or household; (M, TA;) as also ↓ صَرَفَ, aor. ـِ you say, صَرَفَ لِأَهْلِهِ [as though meaning صَرَفَ نَفْسَهُ لِأَهْلِهِ] and اصطرف: (M:) or he used art or artifice or cunning (تصرّف) in the seeking of gain: (O, K, TA:) or [meaning thus] you say, اصطرف فِى طَلَبِ الكَسْبِ. (S.) A2: It is also trans.: you say, اصطرف وَجْهَهُ: see 1, first quarter. b2: And اصطرف الدَّرَاهِمَ He procured the dirhems in exchange for [other] dirhems or for deenars. (Mgh.) 10 اِسْتَصْرَفْتُ اللّٰهَ المَكَارِهَ (S, O, K) I begged God to avert from me the things, or events, that are objects of dislike or hatred. (O, K.) صَرْفٌ [as an inf. n.: see 1]. b2: Used as a subst., The evil accidents, mishaps, or calamities, of time, or fortune; [thus expl. as having a pl. signification;] صَرْفُ الدَّهْرِ meaning حَدَثَانُهُ, (S, M, O, K,) and نَوَائِبُهُ, (S, O, K,) or حَوَادِثُهُ; (Msb;) because it [i. e. time, or fortune,] turns things from their way, or course: (M:) [but it seems to be more properly rendered the shifting of fortune, or its shifting about; and to be an inf. n. sometimes used as a simple subst., and therefore having a pl., for] its pl. is صُرُوفٌ. (M, Msb.) In the phrase قَدْ شَحَطَتْ صَرْفُ نَوَاهَا, in a verse of Sakhr-el-Ghei, [ISd says,] he has made it fem. because of its dependance upon النَّوَى [which is fem.; as though the meaning were The afflictions that are the consequence of the course taken by her in her journey have exceeded the bounds of moderation]: (M:) [or it is here made fem. because having the signification of a broken pl., which is fem.:] or the meaning is, قَدْ بَعُدَتْ تَصَرُّفُ وَجْهِهَا الَّذِى أَخَذَتْ فِيهِ [i. e. the shiftingabout of her course that she has taken has become far-extending; صَرْف being thus used as an inf. n.; for the Arabs sometimes make the inf. n. fem., saying أَوْجَعَتْنِى ضَرْبُكَ as well as أَوْجَعَنِى

ضَرْبُكَ; (see EM p. 157;) and this I think the most preferable explanation]. (Skr in his Expos. of the Poems of the Hudhalees, p. 14 of the vol. edited by Kosegarten.) b3: Also Repentance. (S, M, O, Msb, K.) [See a phrase below, in which this and other meanings are assigned to it.] b4: And (tropical:) Art, artifice, or cunning. (Yoo, S, M, O, K, TA.) Hence, in the Kur [xxv. 20], فَمَآ

يَسْتَطِيعُونَ صَرْفًا وَلَا نَصْرًا (tropical:) [And they are not able to put in practice art or artifice or cunning, nor aid]: (S, TA:) or this means and they are not able to avert, or repel, from themselves punishment, (O, K, TA,) nor to aid themselves. (O, TA.) b5: And Excellence, or superiority, of a dirhem, (S, M, Mgh, O, Msb, K,) and of a deenár, (M,) over another, (S, M, &c.,) in goodness, (S, Mgh, Msb,) or in value; (M, Mgh, O, K;) as in the saying, بَيْنَ الدِّرْهَمَيْنِ صَرْفٌ [Between the two dirhems is a difference of excellence], because of the [superior] goodness of the silver of one of them: (S:) and in like manner, of speech; (O, K;) as in the saying فُلَانٌ لَا يَعْرِفُ صَرْفَ الكَلَامِ Such a one knows not the excellence of speech over other speech: (O:) and [in like manner] one says, لِهٰذَا عَلَى هٰذَا صَرْفٌ There is, or pertains, to this, an excess, and an excellence, over this; for when one is judged to excel, it, or he, is turned aside from its, or his, likes, or fellows. (O, K. *) b6: And The night; and the day: (K:) [because of their interchanging:] الصَّرْفَانِ signifies the night and the day; (S, O, K;) as also ↓ الصِّرْفَانِ; (K;) the latter accord. to Ibn-'Abbád; (O;) like الصِّرْعَانِ, with kesr also [as well as with fet-h]. (TA.) b7: In the saying (S, M, O, Msb) of the Arabs, (M,) or of the Prophet, (O, Msb,) in a certain trad., (K,) لَا يُقْبَلُ مِنْهُ صَرْفٌ وَلَا عَدْلٌ [Neither صَرْف nor عَدْل shall be accepted from him], (S, M, * O, Msb, *) by صَرْف is meant repentance; (S, M, O, Msb, K;) and by عَدْل, ransom: (M, Msb, K:) or by the former, art, or artifice, or cunning; (Yoo, S, M, O, K;) and by the latter, ransom: (M:) or by the former, acquisition of gain; and by the latter, ransom: (K:) or by the former, a supererogatory act; (A'Obeyd, M, O, K;) and by the latter, an obligatory act: (A'Obeyd, M, K:) or vice versâ: (K:) or by the former, weight; and by the latter, measure: (M, O, K:) or by the former, deviation; and by the latter, a right, or direct, course: (IAar, M:) or by the former, مَا يُتَصَرَّفُ فِيهِ [app. meaning an evasive artifice]; and by the latter, a like: (Th, M:) or by the former, value, or price; and by the latter, a like; the saying originally relating to the bloodwit (الدِّيَة): one says, لَمْ يَقْبَلُوا مِنْهُمْ صَرْفًا وَلَا عَدْلًا, i. e. They did not accept from them a bloodwit, nor did they slay one man for him, of their people, who had been slain; but they required from them more than that; for the Arabs used [often] to slay two men, and three, for one man; when they slew a man for a man, that was العَدْل with them; and when they took a bloodwit, having turned from the blood to another thing, that was صَرْف, i. e. the value, or price, was صَرْف: then the saying was applied in relation to anything, so as to be proverbially used in the case of him who was to render more than was incumbent on him: it has also been said that by صَرْف is meant [in the saying cited above] something additional, or in excess; but this is nought. (M.) صِرْفٌ: see its dual in the next preceding paragraph, near the middle.

A2: Also Pure, unmixed, or free from admixture; (S, M, Mgh, O, Msb, K;) applied to wine, (S, M, O, Msb, K,) or beverage, as meaning unmixed, (S, M, O, Msb,) and so ↓ مَصْرُوفٌ, (O, K,) and to other things, (K,) to blood, and to phlegm, (TA,) and to anything (M, Msb) as meaning free from turbid foulnesses: (Mgh, * Msb:) and ↓ صَرِيفٌ likewise signifies anything having in it no admixture. (TA.) A3: And A certain dye, (Msb,) a red dye, (S, O, K,) with which the thongs, or straps, of sandals are dyed, (S, O,) or with which the hide is dyed: (Msb:) or a certain red thing with which the hide is tanned (يُدْبَغُ [perhaps a mistranscription for يُصْبَغُ]). (So in a copy of the M.) الصَّرْفَةُ One of the Mansions of the Moon; [the Twelfth Mansion;] a single very bright star, β of Leo,] (S, O, K, and Kzw in his Descr. of the Mansions of the Moon,) by which are some small evanescent stars; (Kzw;) over against, (بِتِلْقَآء, so in my copies of the S,) or following, (O, K and Kzw ubi suprà,) الزُّبْرَة; (S, O, K, Kzw;) [i. e.] it is a single star behind the خَرَاتَانِ of the Lion; (M;) it is on the hinder part of the tail (ذَنَب) of the Lion; [wherefore it is called by our astronomers Deneb;] and is also called the قُنْب, which means the sheath of the penis, of the Lion: (Kzw in his Descr. of Leo: [in the S and O, erroneously, “the قَلْب of the Lion: ”]) [it rose aurorally, in Central Arabia, about the commencement of the era of the Flight, on the 8th of Sept., O. S.; and set aurorally on the 9th of March:] Ibn-Kunáseh says, (M,) it is called الصَّرْفَةُ because of the turning away of the cold (S, M, O, K) from the heat, (M,) and the coming of the heat, (S, O,) accord. to the [O and] K at its rising, but [as] IB says, correctly because of the turning away of the heat [at its rising], and the coming of the cold: (TA:) [i. e., correctly,] it is thus called because of the turning away of the cold at its setting in the early mornings, and the turning away of the heat at its rising from beneath the rays of the sun in the early mornings: (Kzw in his Descr. of Leo:) when it rises before the dawn, that is the beginning of autumn; and when it sets with the rising of the dawn, that is the beginning of spring. (M.) [Hence,] الصَّرْفَةُ is [called] نَابُ الدَّهْرِ الَّذِى

يُفْتَرُّ, (Ibn-'Abbád, O, K,) or نَابُ الدَّهْرِ الَّذِى يَفْتَرُّ عَنْهُ [The dog-tooth of time, or fortune, which it shows smiling]: for when الصرفة rises, [a mistake for “ sets, aurorally,”] the blossoms come forth and the herbage attains its full height: (M and K in art. فر:) in the T it is said that الصَّرْفَة is called by the Arabs نَابُ الدَّهْرِ [the dog-tooth of time, or fortune,] لِأَنَّهُ يَفْتَرُّ عَنِ البَرْدِ وَعَنِ الحَرِّ فِى

الحَالَتَيْنِ [i. e. because it smiles revealing (the advent of) the cold and (that of) the heat, in its two states (of auroral rising and setting)]. (TA.) A2: صَرْفَةٌ also signifies A certain kind of bead (خَرَزَةٌ); (Lh, S, M, O, K;) mentioned among those by means of which men are captivated, or fascinated, or restrained by women from other women; (S, O, K; *) or by means of which men are conciliated, so as to be turned thereby from their ways of acting or conduct or the like. (Lh, M.) A3: And A bow having upon it a black mark or spot (شَامَةٌ سَوْدَآءُ), the arrows of which, when they are shot, will not hit the object of aim. (O, K.) A4: And one says, حَلَبْتُ النَّاقَةَ صَرْفَةً, meaning I milked the she-camel in the early morning, between dawn and sunrise, and then left her until the like time of the morrow. (O, K. *) الصَّرَفَانُ Death; (M, K;) a name of death. (IAar, O.) A2: And صَرَفَانٌ signifies Lead; syn. رَصَاصٌ: (S, Msb, K:) or رَصَاصٌ قَلْعِىٌّ [q. v.]: (M:) and (K) accord. to Ibn-'Abbád, (O,) copper; syn. نُحَاسٌ. (O, K.) A3: And A sort of dates; (S, M, O, Msb;) a heavy sort of dates: (K:) n. un. with ة: (M:) AHn says, (M, O,) on the authority of certain of the Arabs, (O,) that the صَرَفَانَة is a red date, like the بَرْنِيَّة, (M, O, Msb,) but (M, O) hard to be chewed, (M, O, K,) tough, (M, O,) and the heaviest of all dates: (M, O, Msb:) persons having households and slaves and hired men provide it, because of its satisfying quality, (O, K, [but for لجرآتِهَا in the O, referring to the n. un., and لِجَزَاتِهَا in copies of the K, and لجِزايَتِها in the CK, I read لِجَزَائِهَا, which is evidently the right reading, and agrees with what here follows,]) and its standing in great stead: (O, K:) or it is the [sort of dates called] صَيْحَانِىّ [q. v.]: (K:) AHn says, En-Nowshajánee told me that the صَرَفَانَة is [called] الصَّيْحَانِيَّةُ in El-Hijáz, and in like manner its palm-tree. (O.) صَرَفَانَةٌ رِبْعِيَّهْ تُصْرَمُ بِالصَّيْفِ وَتُؤْكَلُ بِالشَّتِيَّهْ is one of their proverbs [expl. in art. ربع]. (AHn, O, K.) صَرَفِىٌّ A camel of a certain excellent sort; (M, O, K;) a rel. n.: (O, K:) or it is correctly with د; (O, * K;) i. e. صَدَفِىٌّ [q. v.]: (O:) some say that it is with د; and this is the right. (M.) صَرُوفٌ A she-camel that makes a grating, or creaking, sound with her tushes, or canine teeth. (S, O, K.) صَرِيفٌ inf. n. of 1 in the senses expl. in the last sentence but one of the first paragraph [q. v.]. (S, M, &c.) A2: See also صِرْفٌ. b2: Applied to milk, (S, M, O, K,) Just milked; (K;) brought away from the udder while hot, (S, M, O,) when milked. (S, O.) b3: Also Dry سَعَف [or palmbranches]: n. un. with ة: (AHn, M:) [i. e.]

↓ صَرِيفَةٌ signifies a dry سَعَفَة. (K.) And AHn says, (M, O,) in one place, (M,) الصَّرِيفُ signifies, (M, O, K,) as some assert, (O,) What has become dry, of trees; (M, O, K;) like الضَّرِيعُ; (M;) called in Pers\. حُذْخُوش, (so in copies of the K, in the CK خُدْخُوش, and in the O الخَذْخُوَش, [all app. mistranscriptions, for I find nothing like them in Pers\. except partially, i. e. خُوش meaning “ dry,” like خُشْك,]) and also called [in Arabic] القَفْلَةُ [the tree that has become dry]. (O.) [See also صَرِيعٌ, with the unpointed ص.]

A3: Also Silver: so in a verse cited voce إِنْ (page 107, third col.): (ISk, S, O:) or pure silver. (K.) A4: See also the next paragraph.

صَرِيفَةٌ: see the next preceding paragraph.

A2: Also A thin, round cake of bread; syn. رُقَاقَةٌ: pl. صُرُفٌ and صِرَافٌ and [coll. gen. n.] ↓ صَرِيفٌ. (K.) خَمْرٌ صَرِيفِيَّةٌ Wine of صَرِيفُونُ, (S, O, K,) a place, (S, O,) i. e. a town, (O,) in El-' Irák, (S, O,) in the Sawád of El-' Irák near 'Okbarà, (O, TA;) not, as it is implied in the K, from another of the same name in Wásit: (TA:) or, as some say, wine just taken from the دَنّ [or jar]; like [as one says] لَبَنٌ صَرِيفٌ. (O, K.) صَرَّافٌ: see صَيْرَفِىٌّ: A2: and see also صَارِفٌ.

صِرِّيفٌ: see the next paragraph.

صَارِفٌ [act. part. n. of 1: as such having, among other meanings, the meaning of Grating, or creaking; or making a grating, or creaking, sound: and so ↓ صَرَّافٌ, but properly in an intensive sense; for] the dual of صَرَّافٌ is used by the poet Aboo-Khirásh as meaning two thongs of a sandal that make a creaking sound: (M:) [and ↓ صِرِّيفٌ likewise means making a creaking sound with the teeth: so accord. to Freytag, from Jereer.] One says, مَا فِى فَمِهِ صَارِفَةٌ, meaning He has not in his mouth a canine tooth [lit. a grater or creaker; for سِنٌّ صَارِفَةٌ a tooth that makes a grating, or creaking, sound]. (M.) A2: See also 1, last sentence.

صَارِفَةٌ: pl. صَوَارِفُ: see تَصَارِيفُ, below.

صَيْرَفٌ One who practices art or artifice or cunning, in the disposal, or management, of affairs; (S, M, O, K;) as also ↓ صَيْرَفِىٌّ; (S, O, K;) which latter is applied by the poet Suweyd Ibn-Abee-Káhil El-Yeshkuree [in the like sense] as an epithet to a tongue, in his saying, وَلِسَانًا صَيْرَفِيًّا صَارِمًا كَحُسَامِ السَّيْفِ مَا مَسَّ قَطَعْ

[And a cunning, sharp tongue, like the edge of the sword, what it touches it cuts]. (S, O.) b2: See also what next follows.

صَيْرَفِىٌّ i. q. ↓ صَرَّافٌ, (S, M, O, Msb,) or صَرَّافُ دَرَاهِمَ, (K,) and so ↓ صَيْرَفٌ, (M, Msb, K,) i. e. A money-changer; (M, Msb, TA;) except that صَرَّافٌ has an intensive signification [app. as meaning a skilful money-changer, and hence it is often used in the present day as meaning a banker]: (Msb:) all are applied to him who knows and distinguishes the relative excellence, or superiority, of pieces of money: (Mgh:) these appellations are from المُصَارَفَةُ, (S, O,) or from التَّصَرُّفُ, (M,) or from صَرْفٌ meaning “ excellence,” or “ superiority,” of one dirhem [or deenár] over another, (Mgh, and Msb on the authority of IF in relation to the first,) because such as excels, or is superior, is turned aside from the deficient: (Mgh:) the pl. is صَيَارِفَةٌ (S, M, O, K) and صَيَارِفُ (M) and صَيَارِيفُ, this last occurring in poetry, (S, M, O, K,) by poetic license, for the sake of the measure. (S, O.) b2: See also صَيْرَفٌ.

تَصَارِيفُ الأُمُورِ [and صَوَارِفُهَا pl. of ↓ صَارِفَةٌ] The varieties, or vicissitudes, of affairs or events. (M, TA.) مَصْرِفٌ A place of turning away or back: [see also مُنْصَرَفٌ:] hence, in the Kur [xviii. 51], وَلَمْ يَجِدُوا عَنْهَا مَصْرِفًا, (TA,) meaning [And they shall not find] a place to which to turn away, or back, from it: (Bd, Jel:) or, a turning away, or back, from it: (Bd:) pl. مَصَارِفُ. (TA.) مَصْرُوفٌ [pass. part. n. of 1: see its verb: b2: and] see مُنْصَرِفٌ: A2: see also صِرْفٌ.

مُتَصَرَّفٌ i. q. مُتَقَلَّبٌ [as meaning Place, or scope, or room, for free action]. (A, voce سَرْبٌ [q. v.]; and so in the Fáïk.) مُتَصَرِّفٌ is an epithet applied to a verb [as meaning That is perfectly inflected], opposed to جَامِدٌ [q. v.]. (TA, voce قَدْ.) b2: [ظَرْفٌ مُتَصَرِّفٌ and طَرْفٌ غَيْرُ مُتَصَرِّفٍ signify the same, respectively, as ظَرْفٌ مُتَمَكِّنٌ and ظَرْفٌ غَيْرُ مُتَمَكِّنٍ: see art. مكن. b3: وَكِيلٌ مُتَصَرِّفٌ, means A factor, an agent, or a deputy, who acts according to his own free will in the disposal, or management, of an affair.]

مُنْصَرَفٌ is a n. of place, [meaning A place of turning away or back, like مَصْرِفٌ,] as well as an inf. n. [of 7]. (S.) مُنْصَرِفٌ and غَيْرُ مُنْصَرِفٍ denote the two different sorts of nouns, (O, K,) meaning, respectively, [like ↓ مَصْرُوفٌ and غَيْرُ مَصْرُوفٍ,] Inflected, or declined, with tenween, and not so inflected or declined. (O, TA.)

حول

Entries on حول in 19 Arabic dictionaries by the authors Habib Anthony Salmone, An Advanced Learner's Arabic-English Dictionary, Al-Ṣāḥib bin ʿAbbād, Al-Muḥīṭ fī l-Lugha, Abū ʿUbayd al-Qāsim bin Salām al-Harawī, Gharīb al-Ḥadīth, and 16 more

حول

1 حَالَ, (S, Mgh, Msb, K, &c.,) aor. ـُ Msb, Er-Rághib,) inf. n. حَوْلٌ and حُؤُولٌ (K, Er-Rághib) [and حَوَلَانٌ], It (a thing) became altered, transmuted, or changed, (S, * Mgh, Msb, Er-Rághib, TA,) from its state, or condition, (S, Mgh,) or from its natural state or condition, and its constitution; as also ↓ استحال; (Msb;) i. q. ↓ تحوّل; (K:) which [here] signifies [as above; or] it became altered, transmuted, or changed, whether essentially or substantially, or in respect of predicament [or state or condition], or by saying; (Er-Rághib, TA;) and ↓ احال signifies the same: (K:) or this last is said of a man meaning مِنْ شَىْءٍ إِلَى شَىْءٍ ↓ تحوّل [he shifted, or turned, from one thing to another]: (TA:) and hence, (TA,) he became a Muslim: (IAar, K, TA:) for in this case one says of a man, عَمَّا كَانَ ↓ تحوّل يَعْبُدُ إِلَى الإِسْلَامِ [he turned from that which he was worshipping to El-Islám]. (IAar, TA.) b2: [Hence, also,] حال, inf. n. مَحَالٌ and حِيلَةٌ, i. q. احتال, q. v. (Ham p. 652.) b3: And حال and ↓ استحال It (anything) shifted, or removed, or went, or became shifted or transferred; syn. تحوّل: or it moved; syn. تحرّك: so accord. to different copies of the K: or, accord. to the O, the former verb has both of these significations: (TA:) or it has the latter of these significations, said of a شَخْص [i. e. a man, or person, or the figure of a thing seen from a distance]: (S:) or both verbs signify it (anything) became altered, or changed, (M, K,) from straightness, or evenness, (K,) to crookedness, or unevenness. (M, K.) You say, حَالَتِ القَوْسُ The bow became crooked (K, TA) in the portion between the part grasped by the hand and the curved extremity; or in the curved extremity: (TA:) or reverted from the state into which it was brought by pressure [with the ثِقَاف], and became crooked in the portion between the part grasped by the hand and the curved extremity; as also ↓ استحالت: (S, O:) and in like manner, الأَرْضُ عَنِ الاِسْتِوَآءِ إِلَى ↓ استحالتِ العِوَجِ [The ground became altered, or changed, from evenness to unevenness]: (S:) or [simply]

↓ استحالت it became uneven: (Msb:) [and الارض ↓ أَحَالَتِ (K in art. صمت) app. signifies the same:] or ↓ استحال signifies it (a thing) was disposed, or was about, to become altered, or changed. (Er-Rághib, TA.) And حال لَوْنُهُ Its colour altered, or changed, and became black. (S.) And حال It (a thing) shifted from its way, or manner, or direction. (TA.) And حال وَتَرُ القَوْسِ The string of the bow shifted from its place on the occasion of shooting: and حَالَتِ القَوْسُ وَتَرَهَا, [the bow shifted from its string.] (TA.) And حال مِنْ مَكَانِهِ, inf. n. حِوَلٌ, (O, TA,) or this is a simple subst., (S, M, K,) He, or it, shifted, or removed, from his, or its, place. (O, TA. [See حِوَلٌ, below.]) And حال إِلَى مَكَانٍ آخِرِ i. q. ↓ تحوّل [i. e. He, or it, shifted, or removed, or became shifted or transferred, to another place]. (S.) And حال عَنِ العَهْدِ, inf. n. حُؤُولٌ, i. q. انقلب [i. e. He withdrew, or receded, from the covenant, compact, agreement, or engagement]. (S.) b4: حال فِى مَتْنِ فَرَسِهِ, inf. n. حُؤُولٌ, He leaped, and rode, upon the back of his horse; as also ↓ احال: (S:) or حال فِى ظَهْرِ دَابَّتِهِ he leaped, and seated himself firmly, upon the back of his beast; as also ↓ احال: (K, TA:) and حال عَلَى

الفَرَسِ, (TA,) inf. n. حَوْلَةٌ, (K, * TA,) he seated himself firmly upon the horse. (K, * TA.) b5: حال صَبُوحُهُمْ عَلَى غَبُوقِهِمْ, Their morning-draught and their evening-draught became one, is said of people suffering from drought, and scarcity of milk. (TA.) b6: حال, (Mgh, Msb, K,) aor. as above, inf. n. حَوْلٌ, (Msb,) said of a year (حَوْلٌ), (Mgh, K,) It passed: (Msb:) or it revolved and passed: (Mgh:) or it became complete. (K.) You say, حال عَلَيْهِ الحَوْلُ, (S, K,) inf. n. حَوْلٌ and حُؤُولٌ, (K,) The year passed over him, or it; [or he, or it, became a year old;] (S, K;) as also ↓ احال. (S.) And حال, alone, (Msb, TA,) and ↓ احال and ↓ أَحْوَلَ, (Msb,) The year passed over it. (Msb, TA.) And ↓ احال (S, K) and ↓ أَحْوَلَ (S, TA) and ↓ احتال (K) A year passed over it; [or it became a year old;] (S, K, TA;) said of wheat, or food, and of other things: (S, TA:) and so حالت and ↓ احالت and ↓ أَحْوَلَتْ said of a دار [or house]: (S:) or حَالَتِ الدَّارُ and ↓ احالت and ↓ أَحْوَلَت and حِيلَ بِالدَّارِ years passed over the house: (K:) or the house became altered, or changed, and years passed over it: and in like manner one says, أَعَامَت and أَشْهَرَت. (TA.) and حال said of a boy, A year passed over him; [or he became a year old;] (S;) as also ↓ احول. (K.) And بِالمَكَانِ ↓ احال (Ks, S, Msb, K) and ↓ أَحْوَلَ (Ks, S, K) He remained, stayed, abode, or dwelt, a year in the place: (Ks, S, Msb, K:) or, as some say, a long time. (TA.) b7: حَالَتْ, inf. n. حِيَالٌ (S, Msb, K) and حِيَالَةٌ and حُؤُولٌ (K) and حُولٌ; (S;) and ↓ احالت, and ↓ حوّلت; (K;) said of a she-camel, (S, K,) &c., (K,) She did not conceive, or become pregnant, during a year, or two years, or some years: (K:) or she, having been covered by the stallion, did not become pregnant: (S, K:) or, said of a woman, and of a she-camel, she did not become pregnant. (Msb.) And حالت, (S, Mgh, Msb, TA,) and ↓ احالت, (Mgh,) said of a palm-tree (نَخْلَةٌ), It bore one year, and not another year: (Mgh, TA:) or did not bear, (S, Msb,) having been fecundated. (S.) b8: حال الشَّىْءُ بَيْنِى وَبَيْنَكَ, (S, Er-Rághib,) or بَيْنَ الشَّيْئَيْنِ, (Mgh, * K,) inf. n. حَيْلُولَةٌ, [originally حَيْوَلُولَةٌ,] (Mgh, Msb,) like كَيْنُونَةٌ [&c.], (Mgh,) and حُؤُولٌ (Mgh) and حَوْلٌ, (Er-Rághib, TA,) The thing intervened as a separation, a partition, a fence, a barrier, or an obstacle, or obstruction, (S, K, Er-Rághib, TA,) between me and thee, (S, Er-Rághib, TA,) or between the two things. (K.) You say, حال النَّهْرُ بَيْنَنَا The river intervened as a separation, or an obstacle, between us, preventing conjunction, or communication. (Msb.) and حال الشَّىْءُ دُونَ الشَّىْءِ [The thing intervened as an obstacle in the way to the thing]. (S voce اِعْتَرَضَ.) It is said in the Kur [viii. 24], وَاعْلَمُوا

أَنَّ اللّٰهَ يَحُولُ بَيْنَ المَرْءِ وَقَلْبِهِ [And know ye that God interveneth, or interposeth, between the man and his heart, or secret thoughts, or desire]: indicating that He turns him from his desire: (Er-Rághib, TA:) or that He possesses his heart, and turns it as He wills: (O, TA:) or that a man cannot believe nor disbelieve unless it be God's will: (Jel:) or, as some say, that God destroys a man; or reduces him to the vilest condition of life, in order that he may not know, after knowing, anything. (Er-Rághib, TA. [See other remote interpretations in the Ksh, and the Expos. of Bd.]) And in the same [xxxiv. 53], وَحِيلَ بَيْنَهُمْ وَ بَيْنَ مَا يَشْتَهُونَ [And an obstacle shall be made to intervene between them and that which they shall eagerly desire]. (TA.) b9: And حال الشَّىْءُ The thing poured out, or forth. (TA.) [See also 4.]

A2: حَوِلَتْ عَيْنُهُ, (S, K,) and حَالَتْ, inf. n. تَحَالُ, (K,) the latter, of the dial. of Temeem, accord. to Lth, (TA,) [but see what follows,] inf. n. حَوَلٌ; (S, M, Mgh, K;) and ↓ احولّت, (S, K,) inf. n. ↓ اِحْوِلَالٌ; (K;) His eye [squinted; i. e.] had the white apparent at the outer angle, and the black next the inner angle: (M, K:) or had the black turning towards the nose: (Lth, M, K:) or had one of the two blacks turned towards the nose, and the other towards the temple: (Mgh:) or had its black next the outer angle: or his eye was as though it looked towards the حِجَاج [or supraorbital bone]: or had the black inclining towards the outer angle: (M, K:) the first of which meanings is that commonly known: but some say that حَالَتْ signifies it was turned from its proper state: or it is anomalous: (TA:) the epithet applied to the man is ↓ أَحْوَلُ, (S, Mgh, K,) and ↓ حَوِلٌ: and that applied to the eye is [the fem. of the former of these, i. e.] ↓ حَوْلَآءُ: (K:) the pl. of which, and of the masc., is حُولٌ. (Har p. 412.) 2 حوّلهُ, inf. n. تَحْوِيلٌ, He altered it, transmuted it, or changed it, whether essentially, or substantially, or in respect of predicament [or state or condition], or by saying; (Er-Rághib, TA:) [as also ↓ احالهُ.] b2: [Hence, He turned it over, or about, in his mind, considering what might be its results, and so managed it; namely, an affair; like قَلَّبَهُ.] You say, رَجُلٌ بَصِيرٌ بِتَحْوِيلِ الأُمُورِ [A man who is knowing, skilful, or intel-ligent, in turning affairs over, or about, in his mind, &c.]. (S, TA.) And رَأْيَهُ فِى الأَمْرِ ↓ احال He altered, or changed, his opinion respecting the thing, or affair. (MA.) b3: He shifted it, removed it, or transferred it, from one place to another: (S, * Mgh, O, Msb, TA:) or حوّلهُ إِلَيْهِ he shifted it, removed it, or transferred it, to it, or him: (K:) and ↓ احالهُ signifies the same. (Msb.) [Hence,] حوّل الرِّدَآءَ, (Msb,) inf. n. as above, (Mgh,) He put the right side of the [garment called] رداء on the left: (Mgh:) or he shifted each extremity of the رداء to the place of the other. (Msb.) b4: He transferred, or transcribed, what was in it, namely, a book, or writing, to another, without doing away with the original form. (TA.) b5: He made it, or pronounced it to be, مُحَال [i. e. absurd, inconsistent, self-contradictory, unreal, or impossible]. (K. [See also 4.]) b6: حوّل عَيْنُهُ: see 4.

A2: See also 5, in two places. b2: حَوَّلَتْ said of a she-camel &c., i. q. حَالَتْ: (K:) see 1.3 حاولهُ, (S, M, K,) inf. n. مُحَاوَلَةٌ (M, K, KL) and حِوَالٌ, (M, K, TA, [in the CK, erroneously, حَوال,]) He desired it: (S, KL:) he sought it: (M, K, KL:) or he sought it by an artful contrivance or device; or by artful, or skilful, management; by turning over, or revolving, thoughts, ideas, schemes, or contrivances, in his mind, so as to find a way of attaining his object; syn. طَلَبَهُ بِحِيلَةٍ, (A,) or بِالْحِيلَةِ. (Har p. 326.) Aboo-Heiyeh En-Numeyree says, وَمَنْ يُحَاوِلُ شَيْئًا فِى فَمِ الأَسَدِ [And who will seek to get a thing in the mouth of the lion?] (Freytag's Arab. Prov. ii. 714.) and one says, حاول مِنْهَا الجِمَاعَ [He desired, or sought, of her, copulation, using blandishment, or artifice, for that purpose]. (T in art. رود, بِكَ أُحَاوِلُ occurring in a trad., means بك أُطَالِبُ [app. By means of Thee I seek, or demand, that which I want]. (Az, M, A, TA.) One says also, حَاوَلْتُهُ

أَنْ يَفْعَلَ الأَمْرَ [I sought, or endeavoured, to induce him to do the thing], and أَنْ يَتْرُكَهُ [to leave it]. (A in art. دور.) And, of water, حاول أَنْ يَجْمُدَ (L and K in art. جمد) (assumed tropical:) It was about to congeal, or freeze; was at the point of congealing, or freezing. (TK in that art.) b2: حَاوَلْتُ لَهُ بَصَرِى

I looked sharply, or intently, at him; I cast my eyes at him. (ISd, K.) 4 احال, as an intrans. v.: see 1, in eighteen places. b2: تَجَنَّبَ رَوْضَةً وَأَحَالَ يَعْدُو [He withdrew from a meadow, and set to running,] is a prov., meaning he forsook abundance of herbage, or of the goods and conveniences and comforts of life, and preferred to it straitness, or difficulty. (S.) b3: احال عَلَيْهِ بِالسَّوْطِ He set upon him with the whip, (S, MA, K,) يَضْرِبُهُ [striking him]: (S:) or he desired to strike him with the whip: or he struck him with the whip: (MA:) and أَحَلْتُهُ بِالسَّوْطِ, and بِالرُّمْحِ, [if احلته be not a mistranscription for أَحَلْتُ عَلَيْهِ, in the MS. from which I take this, as it may be inferred to be from what here precedes and follows,] I aimed at him with the whip, and with the spear, and set upon him with it: whence the saying, of him who has struck one at the point of death, and killed him, يُحِيلُ المَوْتَ عَلَى الضَّرْبِ, i. e. (assumed tropical:) He makes death [as it were] to hang upon, and cleave to, striking; like as the spear is made to cleave to the مُحَال عَلَيْه, who is the person thrust, or pierced. (Msb.) El-Farezdak says, (S, TA,) addressing Hubeyreh Ibn-Damdam, (TA,) وَكُنْتَ كَذِئْبِ السَّوْءِ لَمَّا رَأَى دَمًا بِصَاحِبِهِ يَوْمًا أَحَالَ عَلَى الدَّمِ i. e. [And thou mast like the wicked wolf: when he saw blood upon his companion, one day,] he set upon the blood. (S, TA.) b4: [Hence, perhaps,] حال عَلَيْهِ He reckoned him, or esteemed him, weak. (K.) b5: احال اللَّيْلِ Night poured upon the earth; (K;) and came on. (TA.) [See also 1, last sentence but one.] b6: احال بِفُلَانٍ الخُبْزُ The bread fattened such a one; and in like manner one says of anything by which one becomes fat. (AA, TA.) b7: And احال He did, or said, what was مُحَال [i. e. absurd, inconsistent, self-contradictory, unreal, or impossible]. (S, Sgh, K. *) b8: And His camels did not conceive, or become pregnant, (AA, S, K,) during a year, or two years, or some years, (K,) having been covered. (S.) A2: As a trans. v.: see 2, in three places. b2: احال الغَرِيمَ He referred the creditor, from himself, [for the payment of what was due to him,] to another. (M, K.) and أَحَلْتُهُ بِدَيْنِهِ I transferred his debt [i. e. the debt due to him from me] by making another person than myself responsible for it. (Msb.) and أَحَلْتُ زَيْدًا بِمَا كَانَ لَهُ عَلَىَّ عَلَى رَجُلٍ I referred, or turned over, Zeyd, for the payment of what was due to him from me, to a certain man, transferring the responsibility for the debt to the latter: in which case, I am termed ↓ مُحِيلٌ; and Zeyd is termed ↓ مُحَالٌ; and the other man, عَلَيْهِ ↓ مُحَالٌ, and عليه ↓ مُحْتَالٌ, and ↓ حَوِيلٌ; and the property, بِهِ ↓ مُحَالٌ: (Mgh:) and ↓ حَيِّلٌ, [originally حَوِيلٌ or حَيْوِلٌ,] also, is applied to him to whom the reference is made; and to him who accepts the reference; both together being termed حَيِّلَانِ. (Aboo-Sa'eed, TA.) And you say, احال عَلَيْهِ بِدَيْنِهِ [He referred a person to him for the payment of his debt]. (S.) And احال [alone] He transferred the debt for which he was responsible to the responsibility of another. (Har p. 59.) And أَحَلْتُ الأَمْرَ عَلَى زَيْدٍ [I turned over the affair to Zeyd;] I made the performance of the affair to be required restrictively of Zeyd. (Msb.) b3: احال عَلَيْهِ المَآءَ He poured out the water upon it: (K:) or احال المَآءَ مِنَ الدَّلْوِ he poured forth the water from the bucket, and turned over the latter. (S.) b4: احال اللّٰهُ عَلَيْهِ الحَوْلَ [God made the year to pass over him, or it]: (Lh, TA:) or احال اللّٰه الحَوْلَ God made the year complete. (K, TA.) b5: احال الرَّجُلُ إِبِلَهُ العَامَ [The man made his she-camels to pass the year without becoming pregnant; or] the stallion did not cover the man's she-camels during the year. (Lh, TA.) b6: أَحْوَلَ عَيْنَهُ, (Ks, Lh, S,) or أَحَالَهَا, and ↓ حوّلها, (K,) He made his eye to be حَوْلَآءَ [i. e. squinting, &c.]. (Ks, Lh, S, K.) [See 1, last sentence.] b7: احال كَلَامَهُ He made his speech مُحَال [i. e. absurd, inconsistent, or self-contradictory]. (S. [See also 2.]) A3: مَا أَحْوَلَ حِيلَكَ How fluctuating, and shifting, and varying, are thy evasions, wiles, artifices, or artful contrivances or devices! (Har p. 309.) b2: and مَا أَحْوَلَهُ How surpassing is he in the practice of evasions, shifts, wiles, artifices, or artful contrivances or devices; or in turning over, or revolving, thoughts, ideas, schemes, or contrivances, in his mind, so as to find a way of attaining his object! (Fr, S, K;) as also ما أَحْيَلَهُ. (Fr, S in art. حيل, and K.) 5 تحوّل: see 1, first sentence, in three places. [Hence,] تحوّل مُبْتَدِعًا [He turned innovator]. (O and K in art. بدع.) b2: It shifted, or removed, or went, or became shifted or transferred, (S, Msb, K,) from one place to another, (S,) or from its place; (Msb;) as also ↓ حوّل (S, * Msb, K *) [and حال and استحال, as shown above: see 1, near the beginning.] You say, تحوّل مِنْ مَكَانِهِ It shifted, &c., from its place. (Msb.) And تحوّل عَنْهُ It shifted from it to another. (K.) and تحوّل إِلَى مَكَانٍ آخَرَ i. q. حَالَ, q. v. (S.) and المَجَرَّةُ ↓ حَوَّلَتِ The Milky Way became in the midst of the sky; which it does in the summer, (Sh, K, TA,) when the season of heat comes on. (Sh, TA.) b3: See also 8, in two places.

A2: Also, (S, K,) or تحوّل حَالًا, (TA,) He carried a bundle upon his back. (S, K, TA.) And تحوّل الكِسَآءِ He put a thing in the [garment called] كساء, and then carried it on his back. (M, K.) b2: تحوّلهُ بِالمَوْعِظَةِ He sought to avail himself of the state in which he might be rendered prompt, or willing, to accept admonition. (AA, K.) 8 احتال عَلَيْهِ بِالدَّيْنِ [meaning He was referred, or turned over, to him for the payment of the debt] is from الحَوَالَةُ. (S, TA.) You say, احتال زَيْدٌ بِمَا كَانَ لَهُ عَلَىَّ عَلَى رَجُلٍ Zeyd was referred, or turned over, for the payment of what was due to him from me, to a certain man, to whom the responsibility for the debt was transferred. (Mgh.) b2: احتال said of a year; see 1. b3: احتال (S, MA, Msb, K, KL) and ↓ تحوّل (S, K) and تحيّل (K) signify the same, (S, K,) from الحِيلَةُ [q. v.]; (S;) and ↓ حَالَ, (Ham p. 652,) inf n. مَحَالٌ and حِيلَةٌ, (Ham ib. and K, *) also signifies the same as احتال; (Ham ib.;) which means He practised حِيلَة [i. e. an evasion or elusion, a shift, a wile, an artifice, or an artful contrivance or device, a machination, a trick, a plot, a stratagem, or an expedient, &c.]: (MA, KL:) or he exercised art, artifice, cunning, ingenuity, or shill, and excellence of consideration or deliberation, and ability to manage according to his own free mill, (K, TA,) with subtilty: (TA:) or he sought الحِيلَة i. e. [means of evading, or eluding, a thing, or of effecting an object, by] the exercise of art, artifice, cunning, ingenuity, or skill, in the management of affairs; by the turning over, or revolving, thoughts, ideas, schemes, or contrivances, in his mind, so as to find a way of attaining his object. (Msb.) You say, احتال فِى الأَمْرِ and ↓ تحوّل [&c., He practised an evasion or elusion, &c., in the affair]. (K.) [And احتال عَلَيْهِ He practised an artifice, or an artful contrivance or device, &c., against him. And احتال لِعِيَالِهِ He exercised art, artifice, cunning, ingenuity, or skill, in the management of affairs, for his family, or household.]

A2: اِحْتَوَلُوهُ They encompassed, or surrounded, him; or made him to be in the midst of them. (M, O, K.) 9 احوّلت عَيْنُهُ: see 1, last sentence. b2: [احوّلت الأَرْضُ: see 11.]10 استحال: see 1, in six places. b2: Also It (speech, or language, S, Msb, or a thing, TA) became مُحَال [i. e. absurd, inconsistent, selfcontradictory, unreal, or impossible]. (S, Msb, TA.) A2: استحالهُ He looked at it, (S, M, K,) namely, a شَخْص [i. e. a man, or person, or the figure of a thing seen at a distance], (S,) to see if it moved: (S, M, K:) as though he sought, or desired, its motion and change. (TA.) and استحال الجَهَامَ He looked at [the waterless clouds, or the clouds that had poured forth their water, to see if they changed or moved]. (TA.) b2: He reckoned it مُحَال [i. e. absurd, inconsistent, &c.: see above]. (KL.) 11 احوالّت الأَرْضُ, (K, TA, [in the CK احوّلت,]) inf. n. اِحْوِيلَالٌ, (TA,) (tropical:) The land became green, and its herbage stood erect, or became strong and erect. (K, TA.) [See حُوَلَآءُ.]

حَالٌ The state, condition, or case, (صِفَة,) of a thing; [considered as subject to change;] (Msb, Er-Rághib, TA;) as also ↓ حَالَةٌ: (Msb:) or the quality, or manner of being, and state, or condition, of a man, (K, TA,) in respect of good or evil; (TA;) as also ↓ حَالَةٌ: (K:) or the particular case, or predicament, of a man &c., in respect of changing events, in the soul and the body and the acquisitions: (Er-Rághib, TA:) and in the coventional language of the logicians, a fleeting, or quickly-transient, quality, such as accidental heat and cold and moisture and dryness; as also ↓ حَالَةٌ: (TA:) anything changing: (Ham p. 288:) the time in which one is; (Lth, K;) [the present time;] the end of the past, and the beginning of the future: and as a conventional term, [in grammar, the present tense: and (tropical:) the future: and also] a denotative of state of the agent or of the objective complement; [the former termed حَالٌ مِنَ الفَاعِلِ; and the latter, حَالٌ مِنَ المَفْعُولِ; and each said to be مَنْصُوبٌ عَلَى الحَالِ, i. e. put in the accus. case as a denotative of state, unless expressed by a complete proposition;] as [قَائِمًا] in the phrase زَيْدٌ فِى

الدَّارَ قَائِمًا [Zeyd is in the house, standing], and in ضَرَبْتُ زَيْدًا قَائِمًا [I beat Zeyd standing]: (Ibn-El-Kemál, TA:) it is fem., like حَالَةٌ; (Msb;) and mase. ; (Msb, K;) but mostly fem.: (TA:) the pl. is أَحْوَالٌ and أَحْوِلَةٌ, (K,) [both properly pls. of pauc., but the former often used as a pl. of mult., and often signifying circumstances,] the latter anomalous: (TA:) the pl. of ↓ حَالَةٌ is حَالَاتٌ: (TA:) or ↓ حالة is the n. un. or sing. of حَالٌ and أَحْوَالٌ [and حَالَاتٌ], used in relation to a man. (S, O.) You say حَالٌ حَسَنٌ and حَسَنَةٌ [A good state or condition &c.; as also ↓ حَالَةٌ حَسَنَةٌ]. (Msb.) And الدَّهْرِ ↓ حَالَاتُ and أَحْوَالُهُ The changes, or vicissitudes, of time or fortune. (K.) [And اِفْعَلْهُ حَالًا and فِى الحَالِ Do thou it now, or immediately. And عَلَى كُلِّ حَالٍ In any case: a phrase of frequent occurrence. The phrase قَالَ لِسَانُ الحَالِ (assumed tropical:) The tongue of the case said, (often used by late writers,) means the case seemed to say.]

A2: A load, or burden: (Ham p. 299:) [whence, perhaps, خَفِيفُ الحَالِ (which see in what follows) as meaning (assumed tropical:) having a small family to maintain:] and hence, (Ham ib.,) a bundle, or bundle of clothes, (كَارَةٌ,) which is carried on the back (S, Ham ib.) by a man: (S:) or a thing that a man carries on his back, (ISd, O, K,) whatever it be. (ISd, TA.) b2: A [garment of the kind called] كِسَآء in which one collects, or seeks and collects, dry herbage: (O, K:) or a garment, or piece of stuff, of which two ends are tied in a knot behind the flanks, and the other two ends over the head; in which one collects dry herbage; also called شُكْبَانٌ. (TA in art. شكب.) A3: A child's go-cart, by means of which he practises walking; (S, K *, TA;) resembling a small عَجَلَة; (S;) also called دَرَّاجَةٌ [q. v.]. (S, TA.) A4: The part of a horse that is the place of the لِبْد [or saddle-cloth]: or the line along the middle of the back: (K, TA:) or حَالُ مَتْنِ الفَرَسِ signifies the middle of the back of the horse; the place of the لِبْدِ. (S.) [See also its syn. حَاذٌ.] خَفِيفُ الحَالِ signifies the the same as خَفِيفُ الحَاذِ, (A in art. حوذ,) which means (tropical:) A man light of back; (S, A, L, Msb, all in art. حوذ;) i. e. having little property: and also having a small family to maintain; (L in that art. ;) or having little property and a small family to maintain; (L and K in that art. ;) like خَفِيفُ الظَّهْرِ. (A, L, Msb, all in that art.) A5: Black mud: (S, K:) from حَالَ “ it became altered, or changed. ” (TA.) It is said in a trad. that the حال of El-Kowthar is musk: (TA:) and in another, that Gabriel took of the حال of the river [Nile] and put it into the mouth of Pharaoh; (S, TA;) but here it has the meaning next following. (TA.) Black fetid mud; syn. حَمْأَةٌ. (K, and Ham p. 288.) And Soft earth. (K, and Ham ib.) b2: And hence, (tropical:) Weakness, and softness. (Ham ib.) b3: Stinking flesh-meat. (Ham ib.) b4: Hot ashes (IAar, K, and Ham ib.) b5: The leaves of the سَمُر [acacia, or mimosa, gummifera,] beaten and shaken off into a garment, or piece of cloth. (K.) b6: Milk. (M, K.) A6: In the dial. of Hudheyl, (IAar, TA,) A wife. (IAar, K.) حَوْلٌ A year; (S Msb, K, Er-Rághib, &c. ;) so termed in consideration of its changing, and of the revolution of the sun in its places of rising and setting; (Er-Rághib, TA;) or as being the period in which [certain] plants attain their complete strength: (El-Harállee, TA:) and even if it has not passed; because it will be [properly speaking] a حَوْل: an inf. n. used as a simple subst.: (Msb:) pl. [of pauc., but also used as a pl. of mult.,] أَحْوَالٌ (M, Msb, K) and [of mult.] حُؤُولٌ and حُوُولٌ, (M, K,) the former with ء and the latter with و. (TA.) A2: Strength, power, might, or force; syn. قُوَّةٌ; (S, TA;) as also ↓ حِيلَةٌ [originally حِوْلَةٌ] (TA) and ↓ حَوْلَةٌ, (K, TA,) or this last is a n. un. from حَوْلٌ: (TA:) it is in the soul and the body and the acquisitions: and hence the saying, in a trad., لَا حَوْلَ وَ لَا قُوَّةَ إِلَّا بِاللّٰهِ العَلِىِّ العَظِيمِ [There is no strength nor power but in, or by means of, God, the High, the Great]: (Er-Rághib, TA:) or it here signifies motion; [see also حَوْلَةٌ;] and the meaning is, there is no motion nor power, or ability, but by the will of God: (AHeyth, TA:) or, as some say, the meaning is, there is no حول [i. e. changing, or turning, or receding,] from disobedience, nor قوّة [i. e. power] to obey, but by the accommodating, or disposing, of God. (Msb.) b2: See also حِيلَةٌ.

A3: حَوْلُ شَىْءِ The lateral, or adjacent, part to which a thing may shift, or remove: (Er-Rághib, TA:) or the environs [of a thing]. (Msb.) You say, قَعَدُوا حَوْلَهُ, (S, K, *) or قَعَدْنَا حَوْلَهُ, the noun being in the accus. case as an adv. n. of place, i. e., [They sat, or we sat, around him, or it, or] in his, or its, environs; (Msb;) and ↓ حَوَالَهُ, and حَوْلَيْهِ, (S, K,) dual of حَوْل, (TA,) and ↓ حَوَالَيْهِ, (S, Msb, K,) dual of حَوَال, (TA,) and أَحْوَالَهُ, (ISd, K,) pl. of حَوْل, and used to give intensiveness to the meaning: (ISd, TA:) but you should not say حَوَالِيهِ. (S, Sgh.) And وَلَا عَلَيْنَا ↓ اَللّٰهُمَّ حَوَالَيْنَا [O God, be Thou around us as our protector, and not against us,] occurs in a trad. respecting prayer. (TA.) It is said, in the Expos. of the exs. cited as testimonies by Sb, that one sometimes says ↓ حَوَالَيْكَ and حَوْلَيْكَ, meaning Around thee, in every direction; dividing the surrounding parts into two; like as one says, أَحَاطُوا بِهِ مِنْ جَانِبَيْهِ, not meaning that any of the surrounding parts remained vacant. (TA.) [See also an ex. voce دَنْدَنَ.]

حَوَلٌ inf. n. of حَوِلَتْ عَيْنُهُ. (S, K. [See 1, last sentence.]) A2: See also حَائِلٌ.

حَوِلٌ: see حُوَّلٌ: b2: and see also 1, last sentence.

حُوَلٌ: see حُوَّلٌ: b2: and حَائِلٌ: b3: and حِيَالٌ.

حِوَلٌ Removal from one place to another, in a passive sense; a subst. from تَحَوَّلَ: (S, O, K:) and in an active sense; a subst. from حَوَّلَهُ; (K;) accord. to ISd, it is the latter [only]; (TA;) as also ↓ حَوِيلٌ. (K.) Hence, in the Kur [xviii. 108], لَا يَبْغُونَ عَنْهَا حَوْلًا [They shall not desire removal from it]

حَوُلَ (S, M, O, K:) or, as some say, it here means ↓ حِيلَةً; i. e. they shall not [desire to] practise, or seek to practise, any evasion from it to another abode. (TA.) b2: See also حِيَلةٌ [of which it is said to be both a syn. and a pl.]. b3: And see حُولَةٌ.

A2: Also A furrow, or trench, in the ground, in which palm-trees are planted in a row. (ISd, K.) حَالَةٌ; pl. حَالَاتٌ: see حَالٌ, in seven places.

حَوْلَةٌ Motion, or removal, (تَحَرُّكٌ or تَحَوُّلٌ, accord. to different copies of the K, the former being the reading in the TA,) and change of state. (K.) [See also حَوْلٌ. And see حَالَ عَلَى الفَرَسِ, of which it is the inf. n.] b2: See also حِيلَةٌ. b3: And see حَوْلٌ, as meaning قُوَّةٌ.

حُولَةٌ: see حُوَّلٌ: b2: and حِيلَةٌ. b3: Also A wonder, or wonderful thing; pl. حُولٌ. (K: [but probably this should be حُوَلٌ, as below.]) b4: [It is also used as a pl., signifying Wonders.] Yousay, هٰذَا مِنْ حُولَةِ الدَّهِْ This is of the wonders of the age, or of time, or fortune; as also من ↓ حَوَلَانِهِ, and ↓ حِوَلِهِ [pl. of ↓ حِيلَةٌ], and ↓ حُوَلَائِهِ. (K, TA: the last, in one copy of the K, ↓ حُوَلَانِهِ, and in the CK ↓ حُوْلانهِ.) b5: An evil, or abominable, event or accident; (K, * TA;) a calamity, or misfortune: pl. حُوَلٌ: as in the saying, هُوَ حُولَةٌ مِنَ الحُوَلِ It is a calamity of calamities. (S, TA.) It is also used as an epithet; so that one says, جَآءَ بِأَمْرٍ حُولَةٍ [He did, or brought to pass, an evil, or abominable, thing]. (M, TA.) حِيلَةٌ, (S, M, Msb, K, &c.,) originally حِوْلَةٌ, (Er-Rághib, TA,) [said to be an inf. n., (see 8,)] and ↓ حَوْلٌ (S, M, K) and حَيْلٌ and ↓ حِوَلٌ, (M, K,) which is also a pl. of the first, (K,) and ↓ حَوْلَةٌ (K) and ↓ حُولَةٌ (Ks, TA) and ↓ حَوِيلٌ (M, K) and ↓ حَائِلَةٌ (Ham p. 652) and ↓ مَحَالَةٌ (S, K) and ↓ مَحَالٌ, (M, K,) [said to be an inf. n., (see 8,)] and ↓ مَحِيلَةٌ, (Sgh, TA,) i. q. اِحْتِيَالٌ and تَحَوُّلٌ and تَحَيُّلٌ; (M, K; [see 8;]) [or A mode, or manner, of changing from one state to another, or of shifting from one thing to another; حِيلَةٌ being of the measure فِعْلَةٌ from حَالَ, like جِلْسَةٌ &c. from جَلَسَ &c.; or from تَحَوُّلٌ as syn. with حَالَ; (see what follows;) a mode, or means, of evading or eluding a thing, or of effecting an object; an evasion or elusion, a shift, a wile, an artifice, or artful contrivance or device, a machination, a trick, a plot, a stratagem, or an expedient;] a means of effecting one's transition from that which he dislikes to that which he likes; (KT, in explanation of the first word;) art, artifice, cunning, ingenuity, or skill, (Msb, K,) in the management of affairs; i. e. the turning over, or revolving, thoughts, ideas, schemes, or contrivances, in the mind, so as to find a way of attaining one's object; (Msb;) and excellence of consideration or deliberation; and ability to manage according to one's own free will, (K, TA,) with subtilty: (TA:) accord. to Er-Rághib, حِيلَةٌ signifies a means of attaining to some state concealedly; and it is mostly used of that in which is sin, or offence, or disobedience; but sometimes of that in the exercise of which is wisdom; and hence God is described as شَدِيدُ

↓ المَحَالِ, meaning strong in attaining, concealedly from men, to that in which is wisdom: accord. to Abu-l-Bakà, it is from التَّحَوُّلُ; because by it one shifts from one state to another, by a species of forecast, and gentleness, or delicacy, so as to change a thing from its outward appearance: (TA:) the pl. of حِيلَةٌ is حِوَلٌ and حِيَلٌ [which latter is the most common form, and also, as well as حِوَلٌ, said to be syn. with the sing.,] and حِيلَاتٌ. (K.) One says, لَا حِيلَةَ لَهُ [He has no mode, or means, of evading &c.]. (TA.) [and مَا بِيَدِى حِيلَةٌ I have no mode, or means, of evading &c.]. And ↓ المَرْءُ يَعْجِزُ لَا مَحَالَةَ [Man becomes impotent: there is no avoiding it]. (S.) مِنْهُ ↓ لَا مَحَالَةَ means لَا بُدَّ [There is no avoiding it, or escaping it]. (S, * K.) One says, المَوْتُ آتٍ

↓ لَا مَحَالَةَ [Death comes: there is no avoiding it]. (S.) See also حِوَلٌ. b2: And see حُولَةٌ: b3: and حَوْلٌ. b4: [عِلْمُ الحِيَلِ The science of mechanics.]

حُوَلَةٌ: see حُوَّلٌ, in two places.

حَوْلِىٌّ A solid-hoofed animal in his first year: (S, O:) or a solid-hoofed animal, &c., a year old; a yearling: (K:) it is applied in this sense to a camel: and also to a plant: (TA:) and so ↓ مُحْوِلٌ and ↓ مُحِيلٌ applied to wheat, or food, &c.: (S, O:) and ↓ مُحْوِلٌ applied to a boychild: (K:) or, as some say, this signifies in the state of childhood; not limited to a year old: (TA:) the fem. of حَوْلِىٌّ is حَوْلِيَّةٌ: pl. [masc. حَوَالِىٌّ; and] fem. حَوْلِيَّاتٌ. (S, K.) حَوْلِىٌّ الغَضَا Young trees of the kind called غَضًا. (TA.) حِيَلِىٌّ: see حُوَّلٌ.

حُوَلَآءُ and حِوَلَآءُ, the latter like عِنَبَآءُ and سِيَرَآءُ, which are the only other words of this measure, (S, K,) accord. to Kh, (S,) [The membrane that encloses the she-camel's fœtus in the womb;] to the she-camel, like the مَشِيمَة (K, TA) to the woman; (TA;) i. e., (K,) a skin (S, K) of a dark, or an ashy, dust-colour (خَضْرَآء), full of water, (K,) which comes forth with the fœtus, containing أَغْرَاس [pl. of غِرْس, q. v.], and having lines, or streaks, which are red, and of a dark, or an ashy, dust-colour (خُضْر): (S, K:) or it comes forth after the fœtus, in the first سَلَى; and is the first thing that comes forth therefrom: so says ISk: and the word is sometimes used in relation to a woman: (TA:) or, accord. to Az, the water that comes forth upon the head of the fœtus, [i. e.] at the birth: (S:) or a membrane like a large bucket, which is full of water, and bursts when it falls upon the ground: then comes forth the سَلَى; and a day, or two days, after that, the صَآءَة. (TA.) Hence the saying, نَزَلُوا فِى مِثْلِ حُوَلاءِ النَّاقَةِ, (K,) and فى مثل حولاء السَّلَى, (TA,) (tropical:) They alighted amid abundance of water and green herbage. (K, * TA.) and رَأَيْتُ أَرْضًا مِثْلَ الحولاءِ (tropical:) I saw land having dark green herbage. (TA.) A2: See also حُولَةٌ.

حَوَلَان and حُوَلَان and حُوْلَان: see حُولَةٌ.

حُولَلٌ: see حَائِلٌ, in four places.

حَوَلْوَلٌ: see حُوَّلٌ, in two places.

حَوَالٌ The changing, or varying, of time, or fortune. (K.) A2: حَوَالَهُ, and حَوَالَيْهِ, and حَوَالَيْنَا, and حَوَالَيْكَ: see حَوْلٌ.

حِوَالٌ: see حَائِلٌ, in two places.

حِيَالٌ [in the CK, erroneously, حَيال] The front of a thing, as meaning the part, place, or location, that is over against, opposite, facing, fronting, or in front; syn. قُبَالَةٌ. (K, and Mgh in art. حيل.) You say, قُمْتُ حِيَالَهُ I stood in front of him; in the part, place, or location, that was over against him, opposite to him, &c.; syn. قُبَالَتَهُ. (Msb in art. حيل.) And قَعَدَ حِيَالَةٌ and بِحِيَالِهِ He sat in front of him, over against him, opposite to him, facing or fronting him; syn. بِإِزَائِهِ. (S, K.) And هٰذَا حِيَالَ كَلِمَتِكَ This is opposite to thy saying; syn. مُقَابَلَةَ; in the accus. case, as an adv. n. of place: thus related by IAar from the Arabs: but one may also say حِيَالُ كَلِمَتِكَ [the opposite of thy saying], making the phrase to consist of an inchoative and an enunciative: so says ISd. (TA.) It is originally with و [in the place of the ى]. (S, O.) b2: عَلَى حِيَالِهِ [By himself or itself; independently]. You say, أَعْطِ كُلَّ وَاحِدٍ مِنْهُمْ عَلَى

حِيَالَهُ Give thou to every one of them by himself; syn. على حِدَتِهِ; (S in art. وحد;) or بِانْفِرَادِهِ. (Mgh in art. حيل.) And فَعَلْتُ كُلَّ شَىْءٍ عَلَى

حِيَالِهِ I did everything by itself; syn. بِانْفِرَادِهِ. (Msb in art. حيل.) A2: Also A string that is tied from the camel's بِطَان [or belly-girth] to his حَقَب [or hind girth], to prevent the حَقَب from going against the sheath of his penis: (K:) so, too, in the M: but in the O, as on the authority of AA, ↓ حُوَلٌ, like صُرَدٌ, signifies the string that is between the حَقَب and the بِطَان. (TA.) حَوِيلٌ: see 4, in the latter half of the paragraph. b2: [Hence,] One who is responsible, or answerable. (K.) b3: And A witness. (K.) A2: See also حِوَلٌ: b2: and حِيلَةٌ. b3: Also [Desire: or a seeking: or a seeking by an artful contrivance or device, or by artful or skilful management, to find a way of attaining an object:] a subst. from حَاوَلَهُ. (S, O, K.) حَوَالَةٌ The effecting a transition of one river, or rivulet, to another. (M, K.) [This is what is meant by the حوالة in المُزَارَعَة, mentioned in the Mgh, as “ customary in the cases of certain plants, as rice, and the بَاذِنْجَان, and in planting. ”] b2: The transfer of a claim, or of a debt, by shifting the responsibility from one person to another: (Mgh:) the transfer of a debt by shifting the responsibility of him who transfers it to him to whom it is transferred: (KT:) [a reference made by a debtor, of his creditor, to a debtor of the former, for the payment of what is owed by the former to the latter: an order for the payment of a debt, or of a sum of money, given by one person, upon another, to a third person: so in the present day:] a subst. (S, K) from أَحَالِ عَلَيْهِ بِدَيْنِهِ, (S,) or from أَحَلْتُهُ بِدَيْنِهِ, (Msb,) or from أَحَالَ الغَرِيمَ. (K.) [See 4.] b3: A responsibility; accountableness. (K.) حَوَالِىٌّ and حُوَالِىٌّ: see the next paragraph.

حُوَّلٌ, applied to a man, signifies بَصِيرُ بِتَحْوِيلِ الأُمُورِ [i. e. Knowing, skilful, or intelligent, in turning affairs over, or about, in his mind, considering what may be their results, and so managing them]; (S, TA;) as also حُوَّلٌ قُلَّبٌ, (TA, and so in copies of the S,) and قُلَّبٌ ↓ حُوَّلِىٌّ, (TA, and so in a copy of the S,) and قُلَّبِىٌّ ↓ حُوَّلِىٌّ, and ↓ حَوَّالٌ; (TA;) and ↓ حُوَلَةٌ signifies ↓ مُحْتَالٌ [i. e. one who exercises art, artifice, cunning, ingenuity, or skill, and excellence of consideration or deliberation, and ability to manage according to his own free will, with subtilty; &c.; see the verb (8) of which مُحْتَالٌ is the part. n.]: (S:) or حُوَّلٌ and ↓ حُوَلٌ and ↓ حُوَلَةٌ and ↓ حُوْلَةٌ and ↓ حُوَّلِىٌّ, [in the CK, erroneously, حَوْلٰى,] like سُكَّرِىٌّ, [in the CK like سَكْرىٰ,] and ↓ حَالِىٌّ and ↓ حُوَالِىٌّ and ↓ حَوَلْوَلٌ, signify شَدِيدُ الاِحْتِيَالِ [i. e. one who exercises great art, artifice, &c.]: (Sgh, K:) all of these forms are mentioned by ISd, except حُوْلَةٌ and حُوَّلِىٌّ: (TA:) accord. to some, قُلَّبٌ حُوَّلٌ signifies experienced, or expert, in affairs; or one who has been tried, or proved, and strengthened by experience in affairs: (Har p. 312:) and ↓ حَوِلٌ signifies the same as حُوَّلٌ; (Ham p. 34;) having much حِيلَة [i. e. art, artifice, &c.]: accord. to analogy, it should be [حَالٌ,] like مَالٌ and صَاتٌ as epithets applied to a man: (Idem pp. 530 and 531:) حَيَّالٌ, also, [in like manner,] signifies صَاحِبُ حِيلَةٍ [i. e. one who exercises art, artifice, &c., as above]; and so ↓ حِيَلِىٌّ [from حِيَلٌ, pl. of, or syn. with, حِيلَةٌ]: (TA:) and ↓ حَوْلْوَلٌ [mentioned above (in the CK, erroneously, in this instance, حَواوِل)] signifies also cunning, or intelligent, or skilful and knowing; and quick and sharp or vigorous or effective; syn. مُنْكَرٌ كَمِيشٌ; (K, TA;) applied to a man. (TA.) حَيِّلٌ: see 4, in the latter half of the paragraph.

حُوَّلِىٌّ: see حُوَّلٌ, in three places.

حَوَّالٌ: see حُوَّلٌ.

حَائِلٌ Altering, or being transmuted, or changing; or altered, or transmuted, or changed; [in any manner; and particularly] in colour; (K, TA;) and becoming, or become, black; applied to a bone, and any other thing. (TA.) b2: Anything [shifting, or moving, or] that has shifted, or moved, in فِى [app. a mistranscription for مِنْ from]) its place. (TA.) b3: A she-camel, and any female, not conceiving, or not becoming pregnant, during a year, (M, K,) or two years, (K,) or some years: (M, K:) or a she-camel not pregnant (S, Msb, K) after having been covered by the stallion; (S, K;) because denoting a change from what is usual; (Er-Rághib, TA;) and in like manner applied to a ewe, or she-goat; (TA;) and to a woman: (Msb:) pl. حِيَالٌ and حُولٌ (S, K) and حُوَّلٌ, (K,) and ↓ حُولَلٌ (M, K) is a quasi-pl. n.: (M, TA:) [whence,] حَائِلُ حُولٍ and ↓ حُولَلٌ used as intensive epithets: or حَائِلٌ signifies not conceiving in one year, (K, TA,) when she has been covered: (TA:) and حَائِلُ حُولٍ and ↓ حُولَلٍ, not conceiving during two years; (K;) not conceiving in the first year after having been covered, nor in the next following year; like عَائِطُ عُوطٍ and عِيطٍ and عُوطَطٍ: (S in art. عوط:) one says also, لَقِحَتْ عَلَى حُولٍ and ↓ حُولَلٍ [app. meaning She conceived after having failed to do so for two years; for it seems that in this case حول and حولل are inf. ns., or that the latter is a subst. having the sense of an inf. n.: see 1, and see also عُوطَطٌ]: (TA:) and ↓ مُحَوِّلٌ signifies the same as حَائِلٌ. (K.) Also A palm-tree (Msb, K) that bears one year, and not another year: (K:) or not bearing. (Msb.) b4: The female young one of a camel, at the time of her birth: the male is termed سَقْبٌ: (S, K:) pl. حُولٌ and حَوَائِلُ. (TA.) One says, نُتِجَتِ النَّاقَةُ حَائِلًا حَسَنَةً [The she-camel brought forth a beautiful female young one]. (S.) And لَا أَفْعَلُ ذَاكَ مَا أَرْزَمَتْ أُمُّ حَائِلٍ

[I will not do that as long as a mother of a female young camel utters her gentle yearning cry]. (S.) A2: Also, (Lth, Mgh, O, TA,) and ↓ حِوَالٌ (Lth, K) and ↓ حُوَلٌ and ↓ حَوَلٌ, (K,) A thing that intervenes as a separation, a partition, a fence, a barrier, or an obstacle, or obstruction, between two other things. (Lth, Mgh, * O, K.) One says, بَيْنَهُمَا ↓ هٰذَا حِوَالٌ, i. e. حَائِلٌ [This is a thing intervening as a separation, &c., between them two]; like حِجَازٌ and حَاجِزٌ. (Lth, O, TA.) حَائِلَةٌ: see حِيَلةٌ.

أَحْوَلُ; and its fem. حَوْلَآءُ: see 1, last sentence. b2: أَحْوَلُ مِنْ بَوْلِ الجَمَلِ [More wry than the urine of the he-camel]: because it does not come forth straight, but [backwards, and] inclining to one side: a prov. (TA.) b3: هُوَ أَحْوَلُ مِنْكَ He is one who has more حِيلَة [meaning art, artifice, cunning, ingenuity, or skill, in the management of affairs, &c.,] than thou; (Fr, S, K;) as also ↓ أَحْيَلُ. (K.) And النَّاسِ ↓ هُوَ أَحْيَلُ [He is the most artful, cunning, ingenious, or skilful, of men]; originally أَحْوَلُ. (MF in art. رود: see أَرْوَدُ.) أَحْيَلُ: see the next preceding paragraph, in two places.

تَحَاوِيلُ الأَرْضِ means أَنْ تُخْطِئَ حَوْلًا وَتُصِيبَ حَوْلًا, (O, K,) i. e. The leaving the land unsown one year, and sowing it another year: whereby the land is strengthened. (TK.) مَحَالٌ: see حِيلَةٌ, in two places: b2: and see also مَحَالَةٌ, in three places.

مُحَالٌ; and مُحَالٌ عَلَيْهِ; and مُحَالٌ بِهِ: see 4, in the latter half of the paragraph. b2: مُحَالٌ also signifies [Absurd; inconsistent; self-contradictory;] comprising two contradictories; as when one speaks of one body in two places in one case [or time]: (Er-Rághib, TA:) that cannot be conceived as existing in reality: (TA:) i. q. بَاطِلٌ [as meaning untrue, or unreal]; (Msb, TA;) impossible; that cannot be: (Msb:) perverted; turned from its proper way or manner of being; (K;) applied to speech; (S, K;) as also ↓ مُسْتَحِيلٌ. (K.) مُحْوِلٌ: see مُحِيلٌ: b2: and see also حَوْلِىٌّ, in two places.

مُحِيلٌ: see 4, in the latter half of the paragraph. b2: Also A woman that brings forth a boy next after a girl; or the reverse: and in like manner applied to a she-camel; as also ↓ مُحْوِلٌ and ↓ مُحَوِّلٌ: (Ks, Sgh, K:) and accord. to some, ↓ مُتَحَوِّلٌ [if not a mistranscription for مُحْوِلٌ or مُحَوِّلٌ] signifies a she-camel that brings forth one year a male, and another year a female. (TA.) b3: See also حَوْلِىٌّ.

مَحَالَةٌ: see حِيلَةٌ, in four places. b2: Also A machine (مَنْجَنُون, Lth, K) over which [passes the rope whereby] water is drawn: (Lth, TA:) and, (K,) or as some say, (TA,) a great بَكْرَة [or sheave of a pulley], (S in art. محل, and K,) by means of which camels draw water: (S ubi suprà and TA:) [see سَانِيَةٌ:] pl. مَحَاوِلُ and [coll. gen. n.] ↓ مَحَالٌ. (K.) b3: The vertebræ; as also ↓ مَحَالٌ: (K: [in the CK, الفَقَارِ is erroneously put for الفَقَارُ:]) or the latter has this meaning; and the former signifies a single vertebra: and the م may be radical: (M, TA:) pl. مَحَالَاتٌ. (T in art. ملح.) b4: The middle (وَاسِط, as in the M and O; in the K, erroneously, وَاسِطَة, TA) of the back; (M, O, K;) as also ↓ مَحَالٌ: but accord. to some, the م is radical. (TA.) مَحِيلَةٌ: see حِيلَةٌ.

مُحَوِّلٌ: see حَائِلٌ: b2: and مُحِيلٌ.

مِحْوَالٌ A man who says much that is مُحَال [or absurd, inconsistent, self-contradictory, unreal, or impossible]. (Lth, K. *) مُحْتَالٌ: see 4, in the latter half of the paragraph. b2: أَرْضٌ مُحْتَالَةٌ (tropical:) Land upon which rain has not fallen. (TA.) b3: See also حُوَّلٌ.

مُتَحَوَّلٌ [pass. part. n. of تَحَوَّلَهُ.

A2: Also] an inf. n. of تَحَوَّلَ. (Ham p. 503.) A3: And A place to which one shifts, removes, or becomes transferred. (Idem ib.) مُتَحَوِّلٌ: see مُحِيلٌ.

رِجْلٌ مُسْتَحَالَةٌ A leg that is crooked in the two extremities of its shank. (M, O, TA.) In the K, رَجُلٌ is erroneously put for رِجْلٌ, and سَاقَيْهِ for سَاقِهَا. (TA.) And ↓ قَوْسٌ مُسْتَحِيلَةٌ (S, K) and مُسْتَحَالَةٌ (K) A bow that is crooked (S, K, TA) in the portion between the part grasped by the hand and the curved extremity, or in its curved extremity. (TA.) And ↓ أَرْضٌ مُسْتَحِيلَةٌ Uneven ground: (S, TA:) or i. q. مُسْتَحَالَةٌ, (K,) which means land that has been left [unsown, or uncultivated,] a year, or years. (M, K.) مُسْتَحِيلٌ; fem. with ة: see the paragraph next preceding, in two places: b2: and see also مُحَالٌ.

A2: Also Full. (K.)

بعد

Entries on بعد in 18 Arabic dictionaries by the authors Al-Muṭarrizī, al-Mughrib fī Tartīb al-Muʿrib, Ibn Mālik, al-Alfāẓ al-Mukhtalifa fī l-Maʿānī al-Muʾtalifa, Ismāʿīl bin Ḥammād al-Jawharī, Tāj al-Lugha wa Ṣiḥāḥ al-ʿArabīya, and 15 more

بعد

1 بَعُدَ, aor. ـُ inf. n. بُعْدٌ; (S, L, Msb, K;) and بَعِدَ, aor. ـَ inf. n. بَعَدٌ; (L, K;) and ↓ ابعد, inf. n. إِبْعَادٌ, which is also trans.; (Msb;) and ↓ تباعد; (S, Msb, K;) and ↓ استبعد; (S, K, &c.;) He, or it, was, or became, distant, remote, far off, or aloof: he went, or removed, or retired, or withdrew himself, to a distance, or far away, or far off: he alienated, or estranged, himself: he stood, or kept, aloof: contr. of قَرُبَ: (S, L:) [but بَعُدَ generally has the first of these significations; and ↓ ابعد, the others, as also ↓ تباعد and ↓ استبعد:] it is the general opinion of the leading lexicologists that بَعِدَ, as well as بَعُدَ, is thus used; but some deny this; and some assert that they may be employed alike, but that بَعُدَ is more chaste than بَعِدَ thus used. (TA.) [You say also, of a desert, and a tract of country, and the like, بَعُدَ, meaning It extended far.] and زَيْدٌ عَنِ المَنْزِلِ ↓ ابعد, meaning ↓ تباعد [i. e. Zeyd went, or removed, to a distance, or far, from the place of alighting or abode]. (IKt, Msb.) and مِنِّى ↓ تباعد, and ↓ ابتعد, and ↓ تبعّد, [He went, or removed, to a distance, or far, from me; he alienated, or estranged, himself from me; he shunned, or avoided, me;] (A;) and عَنِّى ↓ تباعد [and بَعُدَ عنّى signify the same]. (Msb in art. كشح.) And ↓ إِذَا أَرَاذَ أَحَدُكُمْ الحَاجَةِ أَبْعَدَ, (L, Msb,) a trad., (Msb,) meaning When one of you desires to accomplish that which is needful, (i. e. to ease nature,) he goes far, or to a great distance. (L.) And فِى المَذْهَبِ ↓ أَبْعَدْتُ, meaning ↓ تَبَاعَدْتُ, (Msb,) I went far, or to a great distance, to the place of ease, i. e., to ease nature. (L.) b2: [بَعُدَ referring to a saying or the like, and an event, means It was far from being probable or correct; it was improbable, extraordinary, or strange: (see بَعِيدٌ, and see also 10:) often occurring in these senses.] And فِى نَوْعِهِ ↓ ابعد It reached the utmost point, or degree, in its kind, or species. (IAth.) And ابعد فِى السَّوْمِ He exceeded the due bounds in offering a thing for sale and demanding a price for it, or in bargaining for a thing. (A.) b3: أَخَذَهُ مَا قَرُبَ وَ مَا بَعُدَ Recent and old griefs took hold upon him: a saying similar to أَخَذَهُ مَا قَدُمَ وَ مَا حَدُثَ. (Mgh in art. قدم.) b4: [بَعُدَ is often used, agreeably with a general rule, in the manner of a verb of praise or dispraise; and in this case is commonly contracted into بُعْدَ, like حُسْنَ; as in the phrase, in a verse of Imrael-Keys, بُعْدَ مَا مُتَأَمَّلى (in which ما is redundant) Distant, or far distant, was the object of my contemplation! or (as explained in the EM p. 52) how distant, &c.!] b5: بَعِدَ, aor. ـَ inf. n. بَعَدٌ; (S, L, Msb, K;) and بَعْدَ, aor. ـُ inf. n. بُعْدٌ; (L, K;) also signify He, or it, perished: (S L, Msb:) he died: (K:) it is the general opinion of the leading lexicologists that both these verbs are used as signifying “he perished,” and both occur in different readings of v. 98 of ch. xi. of the Kur: the former is said to be used in this sense by some of the Arabs; and the latter, by others; but some disallow the latter in this sense; and some say that the former is more chaste than the latter thus used: (TA:) or both signify he became far distant from his home or native country; became a stranger, or estranged, therefrom: (L, TA:) or the Arabs say, بَعِدَ الرَّجُلُ and بَعُدَ in the sense of تباعد, when not reviling; but when reviling, they say, بَعِدَ, only. (Yoo, TA.) You say, لَا تَبْعَدٌ وَ إِنْ بَعُدْتَ عَنَّى [Mayest thou not perish though thou be distant from me!] (A.) [And as an imprecation against a man, you say, بَعِدْتَ, meaning Mayest thou perish! (See the printed edition of the Ham, pp. 89 and 90, where بَعِدْتَاىَ هلكت is an evident mistake for َعِدْتَ أَى هَلَكْتَ.)] and بُعْدًا لَهُ May God alienate him, or estrange him, from good, or prosperity! or, curse him! (A, * K, TA;) i. e. may he not be pitied with respect to that which has befallen him! like سُحْقًا لَهُ: the most approved way being to put بعد thus in the accus. case as an inf. n.; where it tribe of Temeem say, لَهُ ↓ بُعْدٌ, and سُحْقٌ, like غُلَامٌ لَهُ. (TA.) A2: بَعُدَ is made trans. by means of [the preposition] ب: see 4. (Msb.) 2 بَعَّدَ see 4, in four places. b2: [You say also, بعّدهُ عَنِ السُّوْءِ He declared him, or pronounced him, to be far removed from evil.]3 باعدهُ He was, or became, [distant, remote, far off, or aloof, from him; or] in a part, quarter, or tract, different from that in which he (the other) was. (TA in art. جنب.) b2: See also 4, in seven places.4 ابعد, inf. n. إِبْعَادٌ: see 1, in seven places.

A2: ابعدهُ; (S, Msb, K;) and ↓ باعدهُ, (S, K,) inf. n. مُبَاعَدَةٌ and بِعَادٌ; (K;) and ↓ بعّدهُ, (S, K,) inf. n. تَبْعِيدٌ; (S;) and بِهِ ↓ بَعُدَ; (Msb;) He made, or caused, him, or it, to be, or become, distant, remote, far off, or aloof; or to go, remove, retire, or withdraw himself, to a distance, far away, or far off; he placed, or put, at a distance, or he put, or sent, away, or far away, or far off, or he removed far away, alienated, or estranged, him, or it. (S, Msb.) You say, نَفْسَكَ عَنْ زَيْدٍ ↓ بَاعِدْ [Remove thyself far from; or avoid thou, Zeyd]: and زَيْدًا عَنْكَ ↓ بَاعِدْ [Remove thou Zeyd far from thee]. (TA, voce إِيَّا.) And بَيْنَهُمَا ↓ بَعَّدْتُ, inf. n. تَبْعِيدٌ, [I made a wide separation between them two]; as also ↓ بَاعَدْتُ, inf. n. مُبَاعَدَةٌ. (Msb.) And اللّٰهُ ↓ بَاعَدَ مَا بَيْنَهُمَا [May God make the space between them two far extending! may He make a wide separation between them two!]; as also ↓ بَعَّدَ. (TA.) And بَيْنَ أَسْفَارِنَا ↓ رَبَّنَا بَاعِدْ, or ↓ بَعِّدْ, [O our Lord, make to be far-extending the spaces between our journeys! or, put wide distances between our journeys!] accord. to different readings [in the Kur xxxiv. 18]: the former of these is the common reading: Yaakoob El-Hadramee read ↓ رَبُّنَا بَاعَدَ الخ [Our Lord, He hath made to be far extending &c.]. (TA.) b2: أَبْعَدَهُ اللّٰهُ means May God alienate him, or estrange him, from good, or prosperity! or, curse him! (K;) i. e., may he not be pitied with respect to that which has befallen him! (TA.) [You say also, أَبْعَدَ اللّٰهُ الأَخِرَ: see أَخِرٌ.] b3: See also 10.

A3: مَا أَبْعَدَهُ مِنَ الصَّوَابِ [How far is it (namely the saying) from what is right, or correct!]. (A.) 5 تَبَعَّدَ see 1.6 تباعد: see 1, in six places. b2: [It also signifies He became alienated, or estranged, from his family or friends. b3: And تباعدوا They became distant, or remote, one from another; they went, removed, retired, or withdrew themselves, to a distance, far away, or far off, one from another; they removed themselves far, or kept aloof, one from another.] You say, كَانُوا مُتَقَارِبِينَ فَتَبَاعَدُوا [They were near, one to another, and they became distant, or remote, one from another]. (A.) 8 إِبْتَعَدَ see 1.10 استبعدهُ He reckoned it, or esteemed it, (namely, a thing, K, or a saying, A,) بَعِيد [i. e. distant, or remote; or if a saying or the like, far from being probable or correct, improbable, extraordinary, or strange]; (S, A, K;) as also ↓ ابعدهُ. (A.) A2: See also 1, first sentence, in two places.

بَعْدُ an adv. n. of time, signifying After, or afterwards: and allowable also, accord. to some of the grammarians, as an adv. n. of place, signifying after, or behind: (TA:) contr. of قَبْلُ: (S, A, K:) it is a vague adv. n., of which the meaning is not understood without its being prefixed to another noun [expressed or implied]; denoting after-time. (Msb.) When it occurs without any complement, (S, K,) a noun or the like which should be its complement being intended to be understood as to the meaning thereof but not as to the letter, (S, * TA,) it is indecl., (S, K,) because it resembles a particle, (TA,) and has damm for its termination to show that it is indecl., since it cannot have damm by any rule of desinential syntax because it cannot occur as an agent nor as an inchoative or enunciative. (S.) Sb, however, mentions [as exceptions to this rule] the phrases مِنْ بَعْدٍ [Afterwards] and أَفْعَلُ هٰذَا بَعْدًا [I will do this afterwards], as having been used by the Arabs. (K, * TA.) [The latter of these phrases is common in the present day. Another exception to the rule above-mentioned will be found in what follows.] Accord. to the primary rule, it is used as a prefixed n. governing its complement in the gen. case; (S;) [i. e., it is used in the manner of a preposition;] and when thus used, it is decl., (K,) because it does not in this case [always] resemble a particle. (TA.) You say, جَآءَ زَيْدٌ بَعْدَ عَمْرٍو Zeyd came after 'Amr. (Msb.) And رَأَيْتُهُ بَعْدَكَ and مِنْ بَعْدِكَ [I saw him after thee]. (L.) The words of the Kur [xxx. 3], اللّٰهِ الْأَمْرُ مِنْ قَبْلُ وَ مِنْ بَعْدُ, meaning To God belonged the command before that the Greeks were overcome and after that they had been overcome, [thus read when the complements of قبل and بعد are intended to be understood as to the meaning thereof but not as to the letter,] are also read مِنْ قَبْلِ وَ مِنْ بَعْدِ, when each complement is intended to be understood as to the meaning and the letter, and also مِنْ قَبْلٍ وَ مِنْ بَعْدٍ, meaning To God belongeth the command first and last, [when neither complement is intended to be understood either as to the letter or as to the meaning,] but the first of these readings is the best. (L.) [You say also, بَعْدَ ذٰلِكَ and مِنْ بَعْدِ ذٰلِكَ After that: and بَعْدَ أَنْ فَعَلْتُ and مِنْ بَعْدِ أَنْ فَعَلْتُ and بَعْدَ مَا فَعَلْتُ and مِنْ بَعْدِ مَا فَعَلْتُ After I did, or after my doing, such a thing: &c.] Also جِئْتُ بَعْدَيْكُمَا, meaning بَعْدَ كُمَا, I came after you two. (K.) And هٰذَا مِمَّا لَيْسَ بَعْدَهُ غَايَةٌ فِى الجَوْدَةِ, and فِى الرَّدَآءَة, This is of the things after, or beyond, which there is not any extreme degree in respect of goodness, and in respect of badness: and, by way of abridgement, لَيْسَ بَعْدَهُ [with nothing following this]: and hence, app., the saying of Mohammad, وَإِنْ كَانَ لَيْسَ بِالَّذِى لَا بَعْدَ لَهُ, meaning [And though] it be not in the utmost degree in respect of goodness: بعد being thus used as a decl. noun. (Mgh.) بَعْدِى and the like are also frequently used as meaning بَعْدَ عَهْدِى and the like; as in the phrase, قَدْ تَغَيَّرْتَ بَعْدى Thou hast become altered since I knew thee, or saw thee, or met thee, or was with thee. And similar to this are many phrases in the Kur; as, for instance, in ii. 48,] ثُمَّ اتَّخَذْتُمُ العِجْلَ مِنْ بَعْدِهِ Then ye took to yourselves the calf as a god, or an object of worship, after him, namely Moses, i. e., after his having gone away. (Bd.) أَمَّا بَعْدُ (S, K, &c.) is [an expression denoting transition;] an expression by which an address or a discourse is divided; (S;) used without any complement to بعد, which in this case signifies the contr. of قَبْلُ: (TA:) you say, أَمَّا بَعْدُ فَقَدْ كَانَ كَذَا, meaning [Now, after these preliminary words, (Abu-l- 'Abbás in TA voce خِطَابٌ,) I proceed to say, that such a thing has happened: or] after my prayer for thee: (K:) or after praising God: (TA:) the first who used this formula was David; (K;) or Jacob; (TA;) or Kaab Ibn-Lu-eí; (K;) or Kuss Ibn-Sá'ideh; or Yaarub Ibn-Kahtán. (TA.) b2: You also use the dim. form, saying ↓ بُعَيْدَهُ [A little after him, or it], when you mean by it to denote a time near to the preceding time. (Msb.) You say also, بَيْنٍ ↓ رَأَيْتُهُ بُعَيْدَاتِ, (S, K,) and ↓ بَعِيدَاتِهِ, (K, TA, [in the CK بُعَيْدَاتِه,]) I saw him a little after a separation: (S, K:) or, after intervals of separation: (S, L:) or, after a while. (A'Obeyd, A.) And إِنَّهَا لَتَضْحَكُ بَيْنٍ ↓ بُعَيْذَاتِ Verily she laughs after intervals. (L.) [See also art. بين.] ↓ بُعَيْدَات is used only as an adv. n. of time. (S, L.) b3: بَعْدُ also sometimes means Now; yet; as yet. (TA.) [It is used in this sense mostly in negative phrases; as, for instance, in لَمْ يَمُتْ بَعْدُ He has not died yet. The following is one of the instances of its having this meaning in affirmative phrases: سُمِّيَ الحَوْلِىُّ مِنْ أَوْلَادِ البَقَرِ تَبِيعًا لِأَنَّهُ يَنْبَعُ أُمَّهُ بَعْدُ The yearling of the offspring of cows is called تبيع because he yet follows his mother: occurring in the Mgh &c., in art. تبع.] b4: It occurs also in the sense of مَعَ; as in the words of the Kur [ii. 174 and v. 95], فَمَنِ اعْتَدَى بَعْدَ ذٰلِكَ, i. e., (as some say, MF,) مَعَ ذلك [And whoso transgresseth notwithstanding that; lit., with that]. (Msb.) b5: It has been said that it also means Before, in time; thus bearing two contr. significations: that it has this meaning in two instances; in the Kur [lxxix. 30], where it is said, وَ الْأَرْضَ بَعْدَ ذٰلِكَ دَحَاهَا [as though signifying And the earth, before that, He spread it forth]; and [xxi. 105] where it is said, وَلَقَدْ كَتَبْنَا فِى الزَّبُورِ مِنْ بَعْدِ الذِّكْرِ [as though meaning And verily we wrote in the Psalms before the Kur-án]: (MF, TA:) but Az says that this is a mistake; that God created the earth not spread forth; then created the heaven; and then spread forth the earth: (L, TA:) and الذكر in the latter of these instances means the Book of the Law revealed to Moses: (Bd:) or الزبور means the revealed Scriptures; (Bd, Jel;) and الذكر, the Preserved Tablet, (Bd,) [i. e.] the Original of the Scriptures, which is with God. (Jel.) بُعْدٌ [as an inf. n. used in the manner of a subst. signifies] Distance, or remoteness; (S, A, L, K; *) and so ↓ بَعَدٌ, (L, K,) accord. to most of the leading lexicologists, (TA, [see بَعْدَ,]) [and ↓ بُعْدَةٌ, for] you say, بَيْنَنَا بُعْدَةٌ, meaning [Between us two is a distance] of land or country, or of relationship. (S, K.) b2: [Remoteness from probability or correctness; improbability, or strangeness: see بَعُدَ. Hence the phrase, هٰذَا مِنَ البُعْدِ بِمَكَانٍ This is improbable, or extraordinary, or strange: often occurring in the TA &c.] b3: Also i. q. ↓ بُعْدٌ: (L, K:) this latter (S, L, Msb, K) and بُعْدٌ, (L, K,) accord. to most of the leading lexicologists, as, for instance, in the Kur xi. 98, (TA, [see بَعِدَ,]) signifying Perdition; (S, L, Msb;) or death. (K.) b4: Judgment and prudence; as also ↓ بُعْدَةٌ: so in the phrase, إِنَّهُ لَذُو بُعْدٍ, and بُعْدَةٍ, Verily he is possessed of judgment and prudence: (K:) or penetrating, or effective, judgment; depth, or profundity; far-reaching judgment. (TA.) [See also أَبْعَدُ.] ↓ ذُو البُعْدَةِ also signifies A man who goes to a great length, or far, in hostility. (L.) b5: A cursing; execration; malediction; as also ↓ بِعَادٌ. (K.) Yousay, بُعْدٌ لَهُ, as well as بُعْدًا لَهُ: see 1, last sentence but one. (TA.) بَعَدٌ: see بُعْدٌ, in two places: A2: and بَعِيدٌ, in five places.

بُعْدٌ: see أَبْعَدُ, in two places.

بُعْدَةٌ: see بُعْدٌ, in three places.

بُعَادٌ: see بَعِيدٌ: b2: and see also بَاعِدٌ.

بِعَادٌ: see بُعْدٌ.

بَعِيدٌ Distant; remote; far; far off; (S, L, K; *) as also ↓ بُعَادٌ, and ↓ بَاعِدٌ: (L, K:) pl. (of the first, S, L) بُعْدَانٌ (S, L, K) and (of the first also, L, TA) بُعُدٌ (L, K) and بِعَادٌ (TA) and (of the first and second, L) بُعَدَآءُ (L, K) and of the third, ↓ بَعَدٌ, [but this (which is also used as a sing. epithet, as will be shown in what follows,) is properly a quasi-pl. n.,] like as خَدَمٌ is of خَادِمٌ. (S.) As signifying Distant with respect to place, it is correctly used alike as masc. and fem. and sing. and dual and pl.; (L, and TA in this art. and in art. قرب, in which latter see the authorities;) but not necessarily; like its contr. قَرِيبٌ: (L:) you say, هِىَ بَعِيدٌ مِنْكَ [She is distant from thee; or it is] as though you said, مَكَانُهَا بَعِيدٌ: (L:) also مَا أَنْتَ مِنَّا بِبَعِيدٍ [Thou art not distant from us ], and مَا أَنْتُمْ مِنَّا بِبَعِيدٍ [Ye are not distant from us]: and in like manner, مَا أَنْتَ

↓ مِنَّا بِبَعَدٍ, and ↓ مَا أَنْتُمُ مِنَّا بِبَعَدٍ. (S, TA.) [But it receives, sometimes, the fem. form when used in this sense; for] جَلَسْتُ بَعِيدًا مِنْكَ and بَعِيدَةٌ مِنْكَ are phrases mentioned as signifying I sat distant, or remote in place, or at a distance, or aloof, from thee; مَكَانًا [and نَاحِيَةً or the like] being understood. (L.) You say also, ↓ مَنْزِلٌ بَعَدٌ A distant, or remote, place of alighting or abode. (K.) And تَنَحَّ غَيْرَ بَعِيدٍ (S, K) and ↓ غَيْرَ بَاعِدٍ and ↓ غَيْرَ بَعَدٍ (K) [Retire thou not far;] meaning be thou near: (S, K:) [or] the second and third of these phrases mean retire thou not in an abject, or a mean, or contemptible, or despicable, state. (S, A.) And ↓ اِنْطَلِقْ يَا فُلَانُ غَيْرَ بَاعِدٍ

[Depart thou, O such a one, not far;] meaning mayest thou not go away! (L.) [And رَأَيْتُهُ مِنْ بَعِيدٍ I saw him, or it, from afar: and جَآءَ مِنْ بَعِيدٍ He came from afar: and the like. and بَعِيدٌ as applied to a desert and the like, meaning Far extending.] And ↓ بُعْدٌ بَاعِدٌ A far distance. (K.) [And نِيَّةٌ بَعِيدَةٌ A distant, far-reaching, or far-aiming, intention, purpose, or design.] and فُلَانٌ بَعِيدُ الهِمَّةِ [Such a one is far-aiming, or faraspiring, in purpose, desire, or ambition]. (A.) And هِىَ بَعِيدَةُ العَهْدِ [She was known, or seen, or met, a long time ago]: in this case, the fem. form, with ة, must be used. (L.) And قَوْلٌ بَعِيدٌ [A saying far from being probable or correct; improbable; far-fetched; extraordinary, or strange]. (A.) And أَمْرٌ بَعِيدٌ An extraordinary thing or affair or case, of which the like does not happen or occur. (L.) b2: Also Distant with respect to kindred or relationship: in which sense, the word receives the fem. form, [as well as the dual form, and pl. forms, like its contr. قَرِيبٌ,] by universal consent. (TA.) [Its pl.] بُعَدَآءُ signifies Strangers, that are not relations. (IAth.) You say also, فُلَانٌ مِنْ بُعْدَانِ الأَمِيرِ [meaning Such a one is of the distant dependents, or subjects, of the governor, or prince]. (S.) And إِذَا لَمْ تَكُنْ مِنْ قُرْبَانِ الأَمِيرِ فَكُنْ مِنْ بُعْدَانِهِ [If thou be not of the particular companions, or familiars, of the governor, or prince, then be of his distant dependents, or subjects]; i. e., be distant from him, that his evil may not affect thee. (Az, A.) b3: رَأَيْتُهُ بَعِيدَاتِ بَيْنٍ: see بَعْدٌ in the latter half of the paragraph. b4: See also بَاعِدٌ.

بُعَيْد and بُعَيْدَات: see بَعْدُ in four places.

بَاعِدُ: see بَعِيدٌ in four places. b2: Also Perishing: (S, L: [in the K it is implied that it signifies dying; and so ↓ بَعِيدٌ and ↓ بُعَادٌ:]) or far distant from his home, or native country; in a state of estrangement therefrom. (L.) أَبْعَدُ More, and most, distant or remote; further, and furthest: by poetic licence written أَبْعَدُّ: (L:) [pl. أَبَاعِدُ; as in the saying,] فُلَانٌ يَسْتَجِرُّ الحَدِيثَ مِنْ أَبَاعِدِ أَطْرَافِهِ [Such a one draws forth talk, or discourse, or news, or the like, from its most remote sources]. (A.) b2: More, and most, extreme, excessive, egregious, or extraordinary, in its kind. (IAth.) [Hence, perhaps,] إِنَّهُ لَغَيْرُ

أَبْعَدَ [in the CK أَبْعَدٍ] and ↓ بُعَدٍ Verily there is no good in him: (K:) or, no depth in him in anything: (IAar:) [or, he is not extraordinary in his kind: see also بُعْدٌ:] said in dispraising one. (TA.) And مَا عِنْدَهُ أَبْعَدُ and ↓ بُعَدٌ [He has not what is extraordinary in its kind: or] he possesses not excellence, or power, or riches: or he possesses not anything profitable: (L, K:) said only in dispraising one: (Az:) or it may mean he possesses not anything which one would go far to seek; or, anything of value: or what he possesses, of things or qualities that are desirable, is more extraordinary than what others possess. (MF.) b3: Remote from good: [which is the meaning generally intended in the present day when it is used absolutely as an epithet applied to a man; but meaning also remote from him or those in whose presence this epithet is used, both as to place and as to moral condition:] and, from continence: (L:) and stupid; foolish; or having little, or no, intellect or understanding; syn. حَائِنٌ: (so in a copy of the S and in the L and TA:) or treacherous, or unfaithful; syn. خَائِنٌ (So in two copies of the S and in a copy of the A.) It is used as an allusion to the name of a person whom one would mention with dispraise; as when one says, هَلَكَ الأَبْعَدُ [May such a one, the remote from good, &c., perish!]: with respect to a woman, one says, هَلَكَتِ البُعْدَى. (En-Nadr, Az.) One says also, كَبَّ اللّٰهُ الأَبْعَدَ لِفِيهِ, meaning [May God cast down prostrate such a one, the remote from good, &c., upon his mouth! or,] cast him down upon his face! (S.) [It is a rule observed in decent society, by the Arabs, to avoid, as much as possible, the mention of opprobrious epithets, lest any person present should imagine an epithet of this kind to be slily applied to himself: therefore, when any malediction or vituperation is uttered, it is usual to allude to the object by the term الأَبْعَد, or البَعِيد, as meaning the remote from good, &c., and also the remote from the person or persons present. See also الأَخِرُ, which is used in a similar manner.] b4: A more distant, or most distant, or very distant, relation; (Lth;) contr. of أَقْرَبُ: (Msb:) pl. أَبَاعِدُ (Lth, S, A, Msb, K) and أَبْعَدُونَ; (Lth;) contr. of أَقَارِبُ (Lth, S, K) and أَقْرَبُونَ. (Lth.) مِبْعَدٌ A man who makes far journeys. (K.)

دوم

Entries on دوم in 19 Arabic dictionaries by the authors Abū ʿUbayd al-Qāsim bin Salām al-Harawī, Gharīb al-Ḥadīth, Al-Zamakhsharī, Asās al-Balāgha, Ismāʿīl bin Ḥammād al-Jawharī, Tāj al-Lugha wa Ṣiḥāḥ al-ʿArabīya, and 16 more

دوم

1 دَامَ, aor. ـُ and يَدَامُ; (S, M, Msb, K;) the see. Pers\. of the pret. when the aor. is يَدُومُ being دُمْتَ; and when the aor. is يَدَام, دِمْتَ; (M;) and accord. to Kr, (M,) you say also دِمْتَ, aor. ـُ which is extr., (M, K,) and not of valid authority, held by the lexicologists [in general] to be anomalous like مِتَّ having for its aor. ـُ and فَضِلَ of which the aor. is يَفْضُلُ, and حَضِرَ of which the aor. is يَحْضُرُ, and said by Aboo-Bekr to be a compound of the pret. of which the aor. is تَدَامُ with the aor. of which the pret. is دُمْتَ; (M;) inf. n. دَوْمٌ and دَوَامٌ [which is the most common form] and دَيْمُومَةٌ [originally دَيْوَمُومَةٌ, like قَيْدُودَةٌ originally قَيْوَدُودَةٌ, &c.]; (S, M, Msb, K;) i. q. ثَبَتَ [as meaning It (a thing, S, M, Msb) continued, lasted, endured, or remained]: (Msb, TK:) and it became extended, or prolonged; syn. اِمْتَدَّ: (TK:) and [it continued, lasted, endured, or remained, long;] its time was, or became, long: (TA:) and i. q. بَقِىَ [as syn. with ثَبَتَ (explained above) and as meaning it continued, lasted, or existed, incessantly, always, endlessly, or for ever; it was, or became, permanent, perpetual, or everlasting]: (Msb in art. بقى:) and ↓ استدام signifies the same as دام [in all of these senses]: (TA:) [but Mtr says,] استدام السَّفَرُ [The journey continued, or continued long,] is not of established authority. (Mgh.) [Hence, دَامَ مُلْكُهُ May his dominion be of long continuance.] And دام عَلَى الأَمْرِ; (MA;) and عَلَيْهِ ↓ داوم, [and ↓ داومهُ, as is shown by a usage of the act. part. n. in art. دمن in the S, &c.,] (S, * MA,) inf. n. مُدَاوَمَةٌ; (S;) He kept continually, or constantly, to the thing, or affair. (S, MA.) مَا دَامَ means Continuance; because ما is a conjunct noun to دام; and it is not used otherwise than adverbially, like as inf. ns. are used adverbially: you say, لَا أَجْلِسُ مَا دُمْتَ قَائِمًا, i. e., دَوَامَ قِيَامِكَ [I will not sit during the continuance of thy standing]; (S, TA;) [or as long as thou standest; or while thou standest; for]

ما denotes time; and قُمْ مَا دَامَ زَيْدٌ قَائِمًا meansمُدَّةَ قِيَامِ زَيْدٍ [i. e. Stand thou during the period of Zeyd's standing]. (Ibn-Keysán, TA.) [and عَلَىالدَّوَامِ means Continually, or constantly; like دَائِمًا.] b2: Said of rain, it means It fell, or descended, consecutively, continuously, or constantly. (Msb.) Some say, (M,) دَامَتِ السَّمَآءُ, aor. ـِ inf. n. دَيْمٌ, (M, K,) which, if correct, should be included in art. ديم, (M,) meaning The sky rained continually; as also ↓ دَوَّمَت and دَيَّمَت, (M, K,) in which last the و is changed into ى as it is in دِيمَةٌ, (M,) and ↓ ادامت: (K:) or rained such rain as is termed دِيمَة; (M in art. ديم;) and so ↓ دَيَّمَت, inf. n. تَدْيِيمٌ; (S in art. ديم;) and ↓ ادامت. (Z, TA.) [See also دَوْمٌ, below.] IAar cites the following verse, (M, TA,) by Jahm Ibn-Shibl, (TA in this art.,) or Ibn-Sebel, (TA in art. سبل, in which, also, the verse is cited,) in praise of a horse, as is said in “ the Book of Plants ” of Ed-Deenäwaree, and in “ the Book of Horses ” of Ibn-El-Kelbee, not, as J asserts it to be, in praise of a munificent man, (TA,) هُوَ الجَوَادُ بْنُ الجَوَادِ بْنِ سَبَلْ جَادَ وَ إِنْ جَادُوا وَبَلْ ↓ إِنْ دَيَّمُوا [He is the fleet, the son of the fleet, the son of Sebel (a famous mare): if they are unremitting in their running, (the masc. pl. being here used, though relating to horses, in like manner as it is used in the Kur xli. 20,) he is fleet; and if they are fleet, he is vehement in his running]: or, as some relate it, إِنْ دَوَّمُوا. (M, TA. [It should be observed that the three verbs in this verse, and the word سبل, also relate to rain.]) b3: (tropical:) It (a thing, T) was, or became, still, or motionless; said of water (T, S, * Msb, K, * TA) left in a pool by a torrent, and of the boiling of a cooking-pot; (Msb;;) and said, in this sense, of the sea: (M:) and it stopped, or stood still. (T, TA.) b4: (assumed tropical:) He was, or became, tired, or fatigued: (T, TA:) [app. because he who is so stops to rest.] b5: (assumed tropical:) It (a thing) went round, revolved, or circled: (T, TA:) [app. because that which does so keeps near to one place.] دَوَمَانٌ [an inf. n. of دَامَ like as حَوَمَانٌ is of حَامَ,] signifies (tropical:) The circling of a bird (K, TA) around water. (TA. [But in my MS. copy of the K, and in the CK, in the place of الدَّوَمَانُ I find ↓ الدَّوَمَآءُ. See also 2.]) [Hence,] دِيمَ بِهِ (tropical:) He was taken, or affected, with a vertigo, or giddiness in the head; as also بِهِ ↓ أُدِيمَ, (M, TA,) and ↓ اُسْتُدِيمَ [app., in like manner, followed by بِهِ]. (Z, TA.) b6: دَامَتِ الدَّلْوِ, (K,) inf. n. دَوْمٌ, (TA,) (assumed tropical:) The bucket became full: (K:) in this meaning, regard is had to the stagnant water [in the bucket]. (TA.) 2 دَوَّمَتِ السَّمَآءُ, and دَيَّمَت: and دَيَّمُوا said of horses: see 1, in the latter half of the paragraph, in three places. b2: دوّمت الكِلَابُ The dogs went far: (Akh, IAar, M, K:) or continued their course. (IAar, M.) Dhu-r-Rummeh says, (de scribing a wild bull, T, TA,) حَتَّى إِذَا دَوَّمَتْ فِى الأَرْضِ رَاجَعَهُ كِبْرٌ وَ لَوْ شَآءَ نَجَّى نَفْسَهُ الهَرَبُ [Until, when they went far in the land, pride returned to him: but, had he pleased, flight had saved his blood: J, however, assigns to the verb in this instance another signification, as will be seen below]. (M, TA.) b3: دوّم said of a bird, (T, M, K,) inf. n. تَدْوِيمٌ, (T, S,) (tropical:) It circled (Lth, T, S, M, K, TA) in the sky, (Lth, T, M, K,) as also ↓ تداوم, (KL,) [or ↓ تَدوّم, (see مُتَدَوِّمَاتٌ,)] to rise high towards the sky; (S;) as also ↓ استدام: (M, K:) or circled in the sky, (M,) or flew, (T, * K,) without moving its wings; (T, M, K;) like the kite and the aquiline vulture: (T, TA:) or put itself into a state of commotion in its flying. (TA. [See also 1, near the end of the paragraph.]) Dhu-r-Rummeh makes التَّدْوِيم to be on the earth, or ground, in the verse cited above in this paragraph; [as though the meaning were, (assumed tropical:) Until, when they went round &c.;] As disallows this, and asserts that one says only دَوَّى فِىالأَرْضِ, and دَوَّمَ فِى السَّمَآءِ; but some affirm that التَّدْوِيمُ فِىالأَرْضِ is correct; and say that hence is de rived ↓ الدُّوَّامَةُ, meaning “ the round thing [or top] which the boy throws, and makes to revolve, or spin, upon the ground, by means of a string; ”

though others say that this is so called from the phrase دَوَّمْتُ القِدْرَ [explained below], because, by reason of the quickness of its revolving, or spinning, it seems as though it were at rest: and تَدْوَامٌ is like تَدْوِيمٌ: some, however, say that تَدْوِيمُ الكَلْبِ signifies the dog's going far in flight: (S:) AHeyth says that, accord. to As, التَّدْوِيمُ is only the act of a bird in the sky: (T, TA:) AAF says that, accord. to some, التَّدْوِيمُ is in the sky, and التَّدْوِيَةُ is on the earth, or ground; but accord. to others, the reverse is the case; and this, he says, is the truth in his opinion. (M, TA. [See also دَوَّىَ in art. دوى.]) b4: You say also, دَوَّمَتِ, الشَّمْسُ, (M, K,) or دوّمت الشمس فى السَّمَاءِ, (T,) or فِىكَبِدِ السَّمَآءِ, (S,) i. e. دَارَتْ فِى السَّمَآءِ [or دارت فى كبد السماء, lit. (tropical:) The sun spun in the sky, or in the middle of the sky; meaning, was as though it were spinning]; (T, M, K;) or was as though it were motionless [&c.]: (T, S:) and hence is [said to be] derived the word ↓ دُوَّامَةٌ applied to the boy's revolving, or spinning, thing. (T.) Dhu-r-Rummeh says, (describing the [insect called] جُنْدَب, [generally said to be a species of locust,] TA in art. رمض) مَعْرَوْرِيًا رَمَضَ الرَّضْرَاضِ يَرْكُضُهُ وَالشَّمْسُ حَيْرَى لَهَا فِى الجَوِّ تَدْوِيمُ (T, * S, TA) i. e. Venturing upon the [vehement] heat of the pebbles, [meaning the vehemently-hot pebbles,] striking them with its foot, for so the جندب does, (TA,) (assumed tropical:) when the sun is [apparently] stationary in the summer midday, [as though perplexed in its course,] as though having a spinning [in the region between heaven and earth]: (T, TA:) or as though it were motionless. (S.) b5: And one says, دَوَّمَتْ عَيْنُهُ (assumed tropical:) [His eye rolled; i. e.] the black of his eye revolved as though it were in the whirl of a spindle. (IAar, M, K.) A2: [دوّم is also trans.] You say, دوّم الدُّوَّامَةَ, (M, K,) inf. n. تَدْوِيمٌ, (TA,) (assumed tropical:) He made the دوّامة [or top] to revolve, or spin [so as to seem to be at rest, as has been shown above]: (M, K:) or he played with the دوّامة. (TA.) b2: And دوّمت الخَمْرُ شَارِبَهَا (tropical:) The wine intoxicated its drinker so as to make him turn round about. (As, S, TA.) b3: and دَوَّمُوا العَمَائِمَ (assumed tropical:) They wound the turbans around their heads. (TA.) b4: And دوّم المَرَقَةَ (assumed tropical:) He put much grease into the broth so that it swam round upon it. (M, K.) b5: التَّدْوِيمُ [or app. تَدْوِيمُ اللِّسَانِ] also signifies (assumed tropical:) The mumbling the tongue, and rolling it about in the mouth, in order that the saliva may not dry up: so says Fr. (S, TA.) b6: [Hence, app., as the context seems to indicate,] Dhu-r-Rummeh says, describing a camel braying in his شِقْشِقَة [or faucial bag], دَوَّمَ فِيهَا رِزَّهُ وَ أَرْعَدَا [as though meaning (assumed tropical:) He made his braying to roll, or rumble, in it, and threatened]. (Fr, S, TA.) b7: And دوّم signifies (tropical:) He moistened a thing. (S, M, K.) Ibn-Ahmar says, وَقَدْ يُدَوِّمُ رِيقَ الطَّامِعِ الأَمَلُ (S, M;) i. e. (assumed tropical:) [And hope sometimes, or often,] moistens the saliva [of the eager]: (S:) he is praising En-Noamán Ibn-Besheer, and means that his hope moistens his saliva in his mouth by making his eulogy to continue. (IB.) b8: (tropical:) He mixed, or moistened, or steeped, (دَافَ,) saffron, (Lth, T, S, M, K, TA,) and stirred it round in doing so: (Lth, T, TA:) he dissolved saffron in water, and stirred it round therein. (A, TA.) b9: دوّم القِدْرَ, and ↓ ادامها, (S, M, K,) He stilled the boiling of the cooking-pot by means of some [cold] water: (S:) or he sprinkled cold water upon [the contents of] the cooking-pot to still its boiling: (M, K:) or the former, (K,) or both, (M,) he allayed the boiling of the cooking-pot by means of something, (M, K,) and stilled it: (M:) and the latter signifies he left the cooking-pot upon the أَثَافِى [or three stones that supported it], after it had been emptied, (Lh, M, K,) not putting it down nor kindling a fire beneath it. (Lh, M.) 3 داوم عَلَى الأَمْرِ, and داوم الأَمْرَ: see 1.

A2: See also 10.4 ادامهُ, (inf. n. إِدَامَةٌ, TA,) trans. of دَامَ; (S, M, * Msb, K; *) [i. e.] i. q. جَعَلَهُ دَائِمًا [He made it to continue, last, endure, or remain: to be extended, or prolonged: to continue, last, endure, or remain, long: and to continue, last, or exist, incessantly, always, endlessly, or for ever; to be permanent, perpetual, or everlasting]: (TK:) he did it continually, or perpetually: (MA:) he had it continually, or perpetually. (MA, KL.) [Accord. to Golius, followed in this case by Freytag, ↓ تداوم signifies Perennitate donavit; a signification app. given by Golius as on the authority of the KL; but not in my copy of that work.] b2: ادام القِدْرَ: see 2, last sentence. b3: ادام الدَّلْوَ (assumed tropical:) He filled the bucket. (K, TA.) b4: الإِدَامَةٌ also signifies تَنْقِيرُ السَّهْمِ عَلَى الإِبْهَامِ [i. e. The trying the sonorific quality of the arrow by turning it round upon the thumb: or, as explained in this art. in the TK, the making the arrow to produce a sharp sound upon the thumb: or rather this or the former is the meaning of إِدَامَةُ السَّهْمِ; for, as is said in the TK, ادام السَّهْمَ signifies نقره على الابهام (i. e. نقّرهُ)]. (T, K.) A2: ادامت السَّمَآءُ: see 1, in the latter half of the paragraph, in two places. b2: أُدِيمَ بِهِ: see 1, last sentence but one.5 تَدَوَّمَ see 2: b2: and see also 10.6 تَدَاْوَمَ see 2: b2: and see also 4.10 استدام: see 1. b2: And see also 2. b3: and اُسْتُدِيمَ: see 1, last sentence but one.

A2: As a trans. v., (T,) i. q. اِنْتَظَرَ, (Sb, T, TA,) as also ↓ تدوّم, (K, [or this may perhaps be used only without an objective complement expressed,]) and رَقَبَ, (T,) or تَرَقَّبَ: (Sh, TA:) you say, اِسْتَدِمْ كَذَا, meaning اِنْتَظِرْهُ and اُرْقُبْهُ (assumed tropical:) [Look thou for, expect, await, wait for, or watch for, such a thing.] (T.) [When no objective complement is expressed, it seems to mean (assumed tropical:) He paused, and acted with deliberation, or in a patient or leisurely manner, or he waited in expectation; app. from the same verb as syn. with دَوَّمَ; and thus, like one who hovers about a thing: see حَوَّمَ; and see also اِنْتَظَرَ.] And استدامهُ (tropical:) He acted with moderation, gently, deliberately, or leisurely, in it; (S, M, K, TA;) namely, an affair, or a case: (S:) or he sought, desired, asked, or demanded, its continuance, or long continuance, or endless continuance: and so ↓ داومهُ (M, K, TA) in both of these senses: (K, TA:) or he asked him to render a thing continual &c.: (Mgh, Msb, TA:) and also (assumed tropical:) he acted gently and deliberately in it; namely, an affair, or a case: (Msb:) and (assumed tropical:) he acted gently with him; (Fr, T in art. ديم, M, Msb, KT;) i. e., another person, (Msb,) or his creditor; as also اِسْتَدْمَاهُ, (Fr, T, M, K,) which we judge to be formed from the former by transposition, because we do not find it [in this sense] to have any inf. n. (M.) A poet says, (T, S, Msb,) namely, Keys Ibn-Zuheyr, (S,) فَلَا تَعْجَلْ بِأَمْرِكَ وَاسْتَدِمْهُ

↓ فَمَا صَلَّى عَصَاكَ كَمُسْتَدِيمِ (T, S, Msb,) i. e. (assumed tropical:) [Therefore haste not in thine affair, but act with moderation, gently, deliberately, or leisurely, therein]; for no one has straightened thy staff by turning it round over the fire, (T,) meaning, no one has managed thine affair soundly, like one who acts with moderation, &c. (T, Msb.) And another says, (S,) namely, Mejnoon, (TA,) وَإِنَّى عَلَى لَيْلَى لَزَارٍ وَإِنَّنِى

عَلَىذَاكَ فِيمَا بَيْنَنَا أَسْتَدِيمُهَا meaning (assumed tropical:) [And verily I am blaming Leylà; and verily, notwithstanding that,] I look for her aiding me by good conduct [in the matter that is between us]. (S.) You say also, أَسْتَدِيمُ اللّٰهَ نِعْمَتَكَ I seek, or desire, or ask, of God the continuance, or long continuance, or endless continuance, of thy favour, or the like. (Mgh, TA. *) And أَسْتَدِيمُ اللّٰهَ عِزَّكَ I ask God to continue, or continue long, &c., thy might, or power, &c. (Msb.) The phrase استدام لُبْسَ الثَّوْبِ, meaning [He continued long the wearing of the garment, or] he did not hasten to pull off the garment, may be from the saying اِسْتَدَمْتُ عَاقِبَةَ الأَمْرِ, meaning I looked, or watched, or waited, for the end, or issue, or result, of the affair, or case. (Msb.) A3: Also He (a man) stooped his head, blood dropping from it: formed by transposition from اِسْتَدْمَى (Kr, TA.) دَامٌ for دَائِمٌ: see the latter word.

دَوْمٌ an inf. n. of 1 [q. v.]. (S, M, Msb, K.) —

[Hence,] مَا زَالَتِ السَّمَآءُ دَوْمًا دَوْمًا The sky ceased not to rain [in the manner of the rain termed دِيمَة]; and so ↓ دَيْمًا دَيْمًا; (M, K; [in the CK, erroneously, دِيْمًا دِيْمًا;]) in which the ى is interchangeable with the و; (M;) mentioned by AHn, on the authority of Fr. (TA.) b2: See also دَائِمٌ, in two places.

A2: Also [The cucifera Thebaïca; (Delile, “Floræ Ægypt. Illustr.,” no. 941;) or Theban Palm; so called because abundant in the Thebaïs; a species of fan-palm; by some called gingerbread: accord. to Forskål, (under the heading of “ Flora Arabiæ Felicis,” in his “ Flora

Ægypt. Arab.,” p. cxxvi.,) Borassus flabelliformis; a name applied (after him) by Sonnini to the Theban palm; but now generally used by botanists to designate another species of fan-palm:] the tree of the مُقْل; (S, M, Msb, K;) a well-known kind of tree, of which the fruit is [called] the مُقْل: (TA:) n. un. with ة: AHn says that the دَوْمَة [is a tree that] becomes thick and tall, and has [leaves of the kind termed] خُوص, like the خوص of the date-palm, and racemes like the racemes of a date-palm. (M, TA.) Accord. to Aboo-Ziyád El-Aarábee, (AHn, M,) The نَبِق [which properly signifies the fruit of the سِدْر, but here app. means, as it does in the present day, the tree called سِدْر, a species of lote-tree, called by Linn. rhamnus spina Christi, and by Forskal rhamnus nabeca,] is also thus called, (AHn, M, K,) by some of the Arabs: accord. to 'Omárah, great [trees of the kind termed] سِدْر: (AHn, M:) and, (M, K,) accord. to IAar, (M,) big trees of any kind. (M, K.) [See also دَوْمَةٌ, below.]

دَيْمٌ, whence the saying مَا زَالَتِ السَّمَآءُ دَيْمًا دَيْمًا: see دَوْمٌ.

دِيْمٌ: see دِيمَةٌ.

دَوْمَةٌ n. un. of دَوْمٌ. (M, TA.) [Also, app., as in the present day, and as appears from what follows, A single fruit of the tree called دَوْم.] b2: And (assumed tropical:) A testicle; (K;) as being likened to the fruit of the دَوْم. (TA.) b3: [Golius also explains it, as on the authority of the K, as meaning “ Ebriosa mulier; ” and Freytag, as meaning “ mulier vinum vendens: ” both are wrong: it is mentioned in the K as the name of a woman who sold wine.]

دِيمَةٌ A lasting, or continuous, and still rain: (As, M, and TA voce ضَرْبٌ, q. v.:) or rain in which is neither thunder nor lightning; the least of which is the third of a day or the third of a night; and the most thereof, of any period: (Az, S in art. ديم:) or rain that continues some days: (Msb:) or rain that continues long and is still, without thunder and lightning: (K, * TA:) or rain that continues five days, or six, (M, K,) or seven, (K,) or a day and a night, (T in art. ديم, M, K,) or more; (T, TA;) or the least whereof is a third of a day or of a night; and the most thereof, of any period: (K, TA:) pl. دِيَمٌ, (S, M, K,) the و being changed [into ى] in the pl. because it is changed in the sing., (M,) and دُيُومٌ, (Abu-l-'Omeythil, T, K,) and [coll. gen. n.] ↓ دِيْمٌ (Sh, T, TA.) [See also مُدَامٌ.] b2: Hence other things are thus termed by way of comparison. (S.) It is said in a trad. (S, M) of 'Áïsheh, (M,) كَانَ عَمَلُهُ دِيمَةً (S, M, Msb) (assumed tropical:) His work was incessant [but moderate, or not excessive]; (Msb;) referring to Mohammad; (T, S, M, Msb;) on her being asked if he preferred some days to others: (T:) she likened it to the rain termed ديمة in respect of continuance and moderation. (T, M.) And it is related of Hudheyfeh that he said, mentioning فِتَن [i. e. trials, or probations, or conflicts and factions, &c.], إِنَّهَا لَآتِيَتُكُمْ دِيمًا دِيمًا, meaning (assumed tropical:) [Verily they are coming to you] filling the earth, or land, [and] with continuance. (T.) دَامَآءُ (in the CK [erroneously] دَأْماءُ) The sea, or a great river; syn. بَحْرٌ; (M, K;) because of the continuance of its water: (M:) originally دَوَمَآءُ, or دَوْمَآءُ: if the latter, the change of the و into ا is anomalous. (TA.) الدَّوَمَآءُ: see 1, near the end of the paragraph.

دَيْمُومٌ and دَيْمُومَةٌ, held by Aboo-'Alee to be from الدَّوَامُ, and therefore to belong to the present art.: (TA:) see art. دم.

A2: The latter is also an inf. n. of دَامَ [q. v.]. (S, M, Msb, K.) دُوَامٌ (tropical:) A vertigo, or giddiness in the head; i. q. دُوَارٌ (S, * M, * K, TA. [In the CK, دَواءٌ is erroneously put for دُوَارٌ.]) You say, أَخَذَهُ دُوَامٌ (tropical:) [A vertigo took him, or attacked him]. (S.) and بِهِ دُوَامٌ (tropical:) [He has a vertigo]. (As, TA.) دُوَّامٌ: see what next follows.

دُوَّامَةٌ (assumed tropical:) The فَلْكَة [or round thing, i. e. top,] which the boy throws, and makes to revolve, or spin, upon the ground, by means of a string: (S, M, * K: *) the derivation of the word has been explained above: see 2, in two places: (T, S:) pl. [or rather coll. gen. n.] ↓ دُوَّامٌ. (M, K.) b2: دُوَّامَةُ البَحْرِ (assumed tropical:) [The whirlpool of the sea; so in the present day;] the middle of the sea, upon which the waves circle (تدوم [i. e. تُدَوِّم]). (TA.) دَائِمٌ [Continuing, lasting, enduring, or remaining: being extended or prolonged: (see 1, first sentence:)] continuing, lasting, enduring, or remaining, long: (TA:) [and continuing, lasting, or existing, incessantly, always, endlessly, or for ever; permanent, perpetual, or everlasting: (see, again, 1, first sentence:)] and ↓ دَوْمٌ signifies the same as دَائِمٌ, (S, M, K,) applied to shade; (S, M;) being an inf. n. used as an epithet: (M:) and ↓ دَيُّومٌ, also, (M, K,) [of the measure فَيْعُولٌ, originally دَيْوُوِمٌ,] like قَيُّومٌ, (M,) signifies the same as دائمٌ [app. in the last of the senses explained above; being of a form proper to intensive epithets]: (M, K:) Lakeet Ibn-Zurárah says, شَتَّانَ هٰذَا وَالعِنَاقُ وَالنَّوْمٌ وَالمَشْرَبُ البَارِدُ وَالظِّلُّ الدَّوْمْ

[Different, or widely different, are this and embracing and sleeping and the cool drinkingplace and the continual shade]. (IB, TA.) and the Jews are related, in a trad. of 'Áïsheh, to have said [to the Muslims], ↓ عَلَيْكُمْ السَّامُ الدَّامُ, meaning المَوْتُ الدَّائِمُ, [i. e. May everlasting death come upon you; saying السَّامُ in the place of السَّلَامُ, and] suppressing the ى [or rather the hemzeh] because of [their desire to assimilate الدائم to] السام. (TA.) [Hence دَائِمًا meaning Continually: and always, or for ever.] — Also (tropical:) Still, or motionless; said, in this sense, of water; (S, M, Mgh, Msb, K, TA;) and so ↓ دَوْمٌ. (M, TA.) — It is also said of that which is in motion, [as signifying (assumed tropical:) Going round, revolving, or circling, (see 1,)] as well as of that which is still, or motionless; thus having two contr. meanings: so says Aboo-Bekr. (TA.) b2: [Hence,] ↓ مَرَقَةٌ دَاوِمَةٌ (assumed tropical:) [Broth into which is put much grease so that this swims round upon it]: which is extr., because the و in this instance should by rule be changed into a hemzeh. (M. [The meaning is there indicated by the mention of this phrase immediately after دَوَّمَ المَرَقَةَ, q. v.]) مَرَقَةٌ دَاوِمَةٌ: see the next preceding paragraph.

دَيُّومٌ:see دَائِمٌ, first sentence.

أَدْوَمُ [More, and most, continual, lasting, &c.] You say, هُوَ أَدْوَمُ مِنْ كَذَا [It is more continual, or lasting, &c., than such a thing]: from الدَّوَامُ. (IJ, M.) مُدَامٌ Continual, or lasting, rain. (IJ, M, K.) [See also دِيمَةٌ, above.] b2: And Wine; as also ↓ مُدَامَةٌ: (T, S, M, K:) so called because it is made to continue for a time (T, M) in the دَنّ, (T,) or in its receptacle, (M,) until it becomes still after fermenting: (T:) or because, by reason of its abundance, it does not become exhausted: (Sh, T:) or because of its oldness: (AO, T:) or because it is the only beverage of which the drinking can be long continued: (M, K:) or because the drinking thereof is continued for days, to the exclusion of other beverages. (A, TA.) مُدَامَةٌ: see what next precedes.

مِدْوَمٌ and ↓ مِدْوَامٌ A stick, or piece of wood, (M, K,) or some other thing, (M,) with which one stills the boiling of the cooking-pot. (Lh, M, K.) أَرْضٌ مَدِيمَةٌ, (Yz, S, M, K, TA, [in the CK, erroneously, مُدِيمَةٌ,]) and ↓ مُدَيَّمَةٌ, (M, TA,) Land upon which have fallen rains such as are termed دِيِمٌ [pl. of دِيمَةٌ]. (Yz, * S, * M, K, * TA.) مُدِيمٌ i. q. رَاعِفٌ (S, K) [Having blood flowing from his nose: or, accord. to the PS and TK as meaning having a continual bleeding of the nose].

أَرْضٌ مُدَيَّمَةٌ: see مَدِيمَةٌ.

مِدْوَامٌ: see مِدْوَمٌ.

مُتَدَوِّمَاتٌ, applied to birds, means Going round, or circling, over a thing: and this is meant by ↓ مُتَدَاوِمَات, which is used for the former word, in the saying [of a rájiz], describing horses, كَالطَّيْرِ تَبْقِى مُتَدَاوِمَاتِهَا i. e. Like birds when thou lookest at, or watchest, those of them that are going round, or circling, over a thing: (S, TA: *) or متدوّمات signifies waiting, or watching. (TA.) مُتَدَاومَاتٌ: see what next precedes.

مُسْتَدِيمٌ: see 10. Accord. to Sh, (TA,) it signifies (assumed tropical:) Exceeding the usual bounds in an affair; striving, or labouring, therein; or taking pains, or extraordinary pains, therein. (T, TA.)

صبح

Entries on صبح in 17 Arabic dictionaries by the authors Murtaḍa al-Zabīdī, Tāj al-ʿArūs fī Jawāhir al-Qamūs, Ibn Manẓūr, Lisān al-ʿArab, Al-Fayyūmī, Al-Miṣbāḥ al-Munīr fī Gharīb al-Sharḥ al-Kabīr, and 14 more

صبح

1 صَبَحَهُ, (S, Mgh, TA,) aor. ـَ (Mgh, TA,) inf. n. صَبْحٌ; (S, TA;) and ↓ صبّحهُ, (K, TA,) inf. n. تَصْبِيحٌ; (TA;) He gave him to drink a morning-draught, or what is termed a صَبُوح; (S, Mgh, K, TA;) [and] so صَبَحَهُ صَبُوحًا: (MA:) and the first [and second also] he handed to him a morning-draught of milk or of wine. (TA.) And صَبَحَ الإِبِلَ, aor. and inf. n. as above, He watered the camels in the morning, between daybreak and sunrise. (TA.) b2: And both are said respecting a غَارَة [meaning (assumed tropical:) He made a hostile, or predatory, incursion upon him in the morning; as though he made the غارة to be to him a morning-draught: see صَابِحٌ]. (Ham p. 66.) b3: [And accord. to Reiske, as stated by Freytag, صَبَحَ signifies He drank in the early morning: but I think that Reiske may have assigned to it this meaning from his having found the pass. form of the verb, not distinguished as such, used in a case in which it might be supposed to signify thus.]. b4: See also 2, in five places.

A2: صَبَحٌ as an inf. n. [of which the verb is صَبِحَ accord. to a general rule] signifies The being satiated, or having the thirst quenched, by a morning-draught, or what is termed a صَبُوح. (L.) A3: And صَبِحَ, aor. ـَ inf. n. صَبَحٌ [in the CK (erroneously) صَبْح] and صُبْحَةٌ, [He, or it, was of the colour termed صُبْحَةٌ meaning as expl. below: or] it (hair) had whiteness naturally intermixed in it with redness; as also ↓ اصباحّ, (K, TA,) inf. n. اِصبِيحَاحٌ. (TA.) A4: صَبُحَ, aor. ـُ inf. n. صَبَاحَةٌ, [q. v.,] He was, or became, beautiful, comely, pretty, or elegant; (S, A, K, TA;) as some say, peculiarly in the face: (TA:) or he was, or became, bright (Msb, TA) in the face. (Msb.) 2 صبّحهُ, (S,) or صبّحهُمْ, (K,) inf. n. تَصْبِيحٌ, (TA,) He came to him, or to them, in the morning, in the time termed the صَبَاح; (S, K;) as also [↓ صَبَحَهُ, or] صَبَحَهُمْ, aor. ـَ (K:) the teshdeed in the former does not imply muchness, or frequency: (S:) and صَبَّحَتْهُمُ الخَيْلُ and ↓ صَبَحَتْهُمُ The horsemen came to them at daybreak, at the time termed the صُبْح: (TA:) but Aboo-'Adnán says that there is a difference between صَبَّحْنَا and ↓ صَبَحْنَا; which is this: you say, صَبَّحْنَا بَلَدَ كَذَا [We came in the morning to such a town, or country], and صَبَّحْنَا فُلَانًا [We came in the morning to such a one], with teshdeed; and صَبَحْنَا ↓ أَهْلَهَا خَيْرًا or شَرًّا [We came in the morning to its people, or inhabitants, with good or with evil, without teshdeed; as though we made the good or the evil to be a morning-draught, or putting the second of the nouns following the verb in the accus. case because of بِ suppressed]: you say also, صبّحهُ بِكَذَا; and you may also say, بكذا ↓ صَبَحَهُ, as well as صَبَحَهُ كَذَا; He came to him in the morning with such a thing. (L.) b2: And صَبَّحَكَ اللّٰهُ بِخَيْرٍ (S, * A, Msb) or بِالخَيْرِ (TA) (assumed tropical:) [May God visit thee in the morning with good, or good fortune, or happiness; or make thee to be in, or during, the morning attended with good, &c.; i. e. make thy morning good, or happy; or grant thee a good, or happy, morning]: a prayer for the person thus addressed, (Msb.) b3: And صَبَّحْتُهُ I said to him عِمْ صَبَاحًا [expl. below, see صَبَاحٌ]; (S;) and صَبَّحَهُمْ he said to them عِمُوا صَبَاحًا: (K:) or صَبَّحْتُهُ means I said to him صَبَّحَكَ اللّٰهُ بِخَيْرٍ [expl. above]. (Msb.) b4: See also 1, first sentence. b5: [Hence,] صَبَّحْتُ القَوْمَ المَآءَ, inf. n. as above, I journeyed with the people, or party, by night until I brought them in the morning to the water. (K.) b6: صَبَّحَنِى

فُلَانٌ الحَقَّ (tropical:) Such a one declared, or told clearly, to me the truth; syn. مَحَّضَنِيهِ. (A, TA. [See صُبْحٌ.]) A2: تَصْبِيحٌ as a subst., see below.4 اصبح He entered upon the time of morning termed صَبَاح [which means both dawn and forenoon]: (S, * Msb: [in the former this meaning is indicated, but not expressed:]) or he entered upon the time of daybreak, or dawn, the time termed صُبْح. (L, K.) By the following words of EshShemmákh, وَقِيلُ المُنَادِى أَصْبَحَ القَوْمُ أَدْلِجِى is meant, [And the saying of the crier is,] The people, or party, have nearly entered upon the time of dawn: prosecute the night-journey: for the Arabs, when they have nearly arrived at a place which they desire to reach, say, قَدْ بَلَغْنَاهُ; and when travellers are near the time of daybreak, they say, أَصْبَحْنَا. (T, L.) b2: [Hence,] (tropical:) He awoke from sleep in the جَوْف [i. e. last third, or last sixth,] of the night. (A, TA.) [And simply (tropical:) He awoke: for] one says to the sleeper, أَصْبِحْ, meaning (tropical:) Awake thou from sleep. (A, TA.) And one says also, أَصْبِحْ يَا رَجُلُ, meaning (tropical:) Become roused, O man, (A, K, * TA,) from thy heedlessness or inadvertence, (A, TA,) and see thy right course, (K, TA,) and what will rectify thy state. (TA.) And أَصْبِحْ لَيْلُ (tropical:) [Become morning, O night] a prov.: (Meyd, A, TA:) said in a distressing night, that is long by reason of evil. (Meyd. [See Freytag's Arab. Prov., i. 727.]) b3: [Also He, or it, became in the morning in any particular state or condition: in this sense, and in that next following, an incomplete, i. e. a non-attributive, verb.] b4: and [hence, simply,] He, or it, became; syn. صَارَ. (S, K.) One says, اصبح عَالِمًا He became knowing, or learned. (S, TA.) Thus, فَأَصْبَحُوا ظَاهِرِينَ, in the Kur lxi. last verse, means And they became victorious. (Bd.) And فَأَصْبَحَ يُقَلِّبُ كَفَّيْهِ, in the Kur xviii. 40, [And he became in a state, or condition, in which he turned over his hands; i. e.] and he became repentant, or grieved for what he had done. (A in art. قلب, and Bd.) And فَأَصْبَحُوا لَا تَرَى إِلَّا مَسَاكِنَهُمْ, in the Kur xlvi. 24, i. e. [And they became] in a condition such that, if thou wert present in their country, thou wouldst not see aught save their dwellingplaces; or, as Hamzeh and Ks read, لَا يُرَى إِلَّا مَسَاكِنُهُمْ [there was not to be seen aught save their dwelling-places]. (Bd.) [أَصْبَحَ يَفْعَلُ كَذَا is of frequent occurrence, meaning He became occupied, or engaged, in doing such a thing; he betook, set, or applied, himself to doing such a thing; set about, or commenced, doing such a thing; or began to do such a thing.] b5: [Also He performed the prayer of daybreak.] It is said in a trad., أَصْبِحُوا بِالصُّبْحِ, meaning Perform ye the prayer of daybreak in the time of daybreak. (L.) b6: See also 8. b7: Also He acted gently. (TA in art. ارش: see an ex. in a verse cited voce مَأْروُشٌ.) A2: إِصْبَاحٌ He trimmed a lamp, or wick; or prepared it properly for use. (TA.) b2: See, again, 8.

A3: as a subst., see صُبْحٌ, in two places.5 تصبّح He slept in the morning; or first part of day, before sunrise. (S, Msb, K.) b2: And He ate such food as is termed a صُبْحَة. (K, TA.) It is said in a trad., مَنْ تَصَبَّحَ بِسَبْعِ تَمَرَاتِ عَجْوَةٍ [He who eats as a صُبْحَة seven dates of the sort called عَجْوَة]. (TA.) A2: See also 8, in two places.6 فُلَانٌ يَتَصَابَحُ and يَتَحَاسَنُ [Such a one affects to be beautful, comely, pretty, or elegant: the latter verb is here added as an explicative of the former: see صَبُحَ]. (A, TA.) 8 اصطبح He drank a morning-draught, or what is termed a صَبُوح; (S, K, TA;) [and] so ↓ اصبح. (Msb. [Thus in my copy of the Msb, but probably a mistranscription, for the former is the verb well known in this sense, and is not in that copy.]) It is said in a trad., مَالَنَا صَبِىٌّ يَصْطَبِحُ [We have not a child that drinks a morningdraught]; meaning we have not as much milk as a child may drink in the early morning, in consequence of the drought. (TA.) A2: And i. q. أَسْرَجَ [as meaning He lighted a lamp or wick, or himself or another with a lamp &c.]; (K, TA;) and so ↓ اصبح (A, TA) [in the former sense], as in the phrase اصبح مِصْبَاحًا [he lighted a lamp or wick]; (A;) and اصبح alone has this meaning, i. e. أَسْرَجَ سِرَاجًا. (TA, from a trad.) [But it is used often in the latter sense:] one says, الشَّمْعُ مِمَّا يُصْطَبَحُ بِهِ Candles are of the things with which one lights [himself, or others]; syn. يُسْرَجُ: (S:) [and in like manner ↓ تصبّح; for] one says, هُوَ يَتَصَبَّحُ بِالشُّمُوعِ [He lights himself, or others, with candles]: (A:) [and in like manner also ↓ استصبح; for] one says, استصبح بِالمِصْبَاحِ (S, MA, Mgh, Msb, K *) He lighted [himself, or another,] with the lamp, or wick; (MA;) syn. أَسْرَجَ; (S;) or اِسْتَسْرَجَ: (K:) [hence it appears that اصطبح بِهِ and به ↓ استصبح and به ↓ تصبّح may be aptly rendered he employed it as a means of light; and thus the second of these three verbs, is expl. in treatises on practical law:] one says also, بِالدُّهْنِ ↓ استصبح [He employed oil as a means of light; or] he made the lamp, or wick, to give light by means of oil: (Mgh, Msb:) and it is said in a trad. respecting the several sorts of fat (شُحُوم) of carrion, بِهَا النَّاسُ ↓ يَسْتَصْبِحُ The people [employ them as means of light; or] make their lamps, or wicks, to give light by means of them. (TA.) 10 إِسْتَصْبَحَ see the next preceding paragraph, in four places.11 إِصْبَاْحَّ see 1, last sentence but one.

صُبْحٌ (S, A, Msb, K, &c.) and ↓ صَبَاحٌ (Msb, K) and ↓ صَبِيحَةٌ (Msb, * K) and ↓ إِصْبَاحٌ and ↓ مُصْبَحٌ (K [or perhaps the last should be مَصْبَحٌ, q. v.]) Daybreak, or dawn; syn. فَجْرٌ; (S, A, Msb, K;) i. e. (so in the Msb, but in the K “ or ”) the beginning, or first part, of day: (Msb, K:) ↓ إِصْبَاحٌ is an inf. n. [inf. n. of أَصْبَحَ] used in the sense of صُبْح, in the Kur vi. 96, (Jel,) and is similar to إِبْكَارٌ; (TA;) [and ↓ مُصْبَحٌ is the n. of place and time from أَصْبَحَ:] the pl. of صُبْحٌ is أَصْبَاحٌ; (K;) and thus some read in the Kur vi. 96. (Bd.) See also أَصْبَحُ. One says, أَتَيْتُهُ لِصُبْحِ خَامِسَةٍ and خامسة ↓ لِصِبْحِ, (S, K,) meaning [I came to him] in the morning (صَبَاح) [of the last] of five days; (K;) i. e., of a fifth day; (TK;) [or rather, of a fifth night, as the last word is fem.;] like as one says, لِمُِسْىِ خامسة. (S.) b2: الصُّبْحُ is also used as meaning (assumed tropical:) The truth; and the clear, or plain, thing or case. (Ham p. 449.) b3: And أُمُّ صُبْحٍ is one of the names of Mekkeh. (K, * TA.) صِبْحٌ: see the next preceding paragraph.

صَبَحٌ: see صُبْحَةٌ. b2: Also The glistening of iron (K, TA) and of other things. (TA.) صَبْحَةٌ: see the next paragraph, in three places. b2: Also A watering of camels in the morning, or first part of day, before sunrise: which is not esteemed by the Arabs wholesome: the time approved by them for watering is when the sun is near the meridian. (TA.) صُبْحَةٌ The early part of the forenoon, after sunrise; syn. ضُحًى; as also ↓ صَبْحَةٌ: (Msb:) or the period of one's entering upon the صَبَاح [which means both dawn and forenoon]: so in the saying, لَقِيتُهُ ذَاتَ صُبْحَةٍ [I met him when he was entering upon the dawn or forenoon]. (TA.) b2: And A sleep in the morning, or first part of day, before sunrise; as also ↓ صَبْحَةٌ; (S, * K;) or both signify a sleep in the ضُحَى [expl. above]; (A;) but the latter is by some disapproved: such sleep is forbidden in a trad., because it is in a time for the commemoration of the praises of God and then for seeking gain. (TA.) One says, فُلَانٌ يَنَامُ الصُّبْحَةَ and ↓ الصَّبْحَةَ [Such a one sleeps in the first part of day, before sunrise]. (S.) b3: and Food with which one contents, or diverts, himself [so as to allay the craving of his stomach], in the morning or first part of day, before sunrise. (K.) b4: See also صَبُوحٌ.

A2: Also (Suh, K, TA,) and ↓ صَبَحٌ, (Lth, S, TA,) [each said in one place in the K to be an inf. n. of which the verb is صَبِحَ,] Blackness inclining to redness: (K:) or intense redness in the hair: (Lth, TA:) or a colour inclining to that which is termed صُهْبَة: (K, TA:) or nearly the same as صُهْبَة: (Lth, * S, * TA:) or a colour inclining to that termed شُهْبَة: (K, TA:) or whiteness that is not clear, or pure; so the former is expl. by Suh. (TA. [See also أَصَبَحُ.]) صَبْحَانُ A man who has drunk a morningdraught, or what is termed a صَبُوح; (TA;) or who has done so, and satisfied his thirst thereby: (Aboo-'Adnán, TA:) [in the S and K it is implied that it is syn. with مُصْطَبِحٌ, q. v.:] fem.

صَبْحَى. (S, TA.) Hence the prov., أَكْذَبُ مِنَ الأَخِيذِ الصَّبْحَانِ (Aboo-'Adnán, S, TA) More lying than the captive who had satisfied his thirst with a morning-draught: (Aboo-'Adnán, TA:) the person thus alluded to was a man who was among a people that gave him a morning-draught, after which he arose and quitted them, and was taken by another people, who said to him, “ Guide us to the place where thou wast; ” to which he replied, “I have passed the night in the bare desert: ” but presently he sat down to make water, so they knew that he had passed the night with a people near by; and by his means they found their way to them, and exterminated them: (IAar, TA:) or the prov. is أَكْذَبُ مِنَ الأَخِدِ الصَّبْحَانِ More lying than the young unweaned camel that has satisfied its thirst with drinking [its mother's milk in the morning]; which [seems to be thirsty but] will not drink of its mother's milk when one desires it to do so: (IAar, Sh, TA:) or, accord. to Fr, than the young unweaned camel that is affected with indigestion, or heaviness of the stomach, from drinking much milk, and therefore craves for milk again. (Meyd. [See also Freytag's Arab. Prov.: he seems to have followed a faulty text.]) b2: Also the fem., صَبْحَى, A she-camel that has been milked [app. in the morning]. (Meyd, in his Proverbs, under the letter ص; and TA.) A2: See also صَبِيحٌ.

صَبَحَانٌ A man who hastens to take the morning-draught, or what is termed the صَبُوح. (K.) صَبَاحٌ: see صُبْحٌ. b2: Also (Msb) Contr. of مَسَآءٌ, (S, A, Msb,) and so ↓ صَبِيحَةٌ, (S,) [and ↓ أُصْبُوحَةٌ (as in a phrase following in this paragraph), and ↓ مَصْبَحٌ, (see this last word,)] i. e. Morning, or forenoon, counted from sunrise to noon: (Msb and TA in art. مسو:) or, accord. to some, from midnight to noon: (TA in art. مسو:) or, accord. to the Arabs, from the beginning of the latter half of the night to the time when the sun declines from the meridian; then commences the مَسَآء, extending to the end of the former half of the night; thus expl. by Th; so says El-Jawá- leekee. (Msb.) The Arabs say, when they regard a man, &c., as ominous of evil, صَبَاحُ اللّٰهِ لَا صَبَاحُكَ [God's morning: not thy morning]: and if you will, you may say, صَبَاحَ اللّٰهِ لَا صَبَاحَكَ. (Lh, TA.) And عِمْ صَبَاحًا, (S,) or عِمُوا صَبَاحًا, (K,) lit. imperative, but meaning a prayer, i. e. May thy life, or your life, be pleasant during the morning, (Har p. 32, and TA * in arts. نعم and وعم,) is a salutation of the people of the Time of Ignorance. (TA.) One says also, لَقِيتُهُ صَبَاحًا, and ذَا صَبَاحٍ, (S,) or أَتَيْتُهُ ذَا صَبَاحٍ, (K,) which [i. e. ذا صباح] is only used adverbially, (Sb, S, K,) except in the dial. of Khath'am, (Sb, S,) meaning [I met him, or I came to him,] in a morning, [or] between daybreak and sunrise: (K:) the following verse (S, TA) by Anas Ibn-Nuheyk, of Khath'am, (TA,) or, as some say, by Iyás Ibn-Mudrikeh El-Hanafee, (so in a marg. note in a copy of the S,) presents an exception to the adverbial usage: عَزَمْتُ عَلَى إِقَامَةِ ذِى صَبَاحٍ

لِأَمْرٍ مَّا يُسَوَّدُ مَنْ يَسُودُ (S, TA:) the poet means, I determined to stay until the time of the صباح [i. e. either dawn or forenoon]: for it is on account of some particular thing, i. e. some good quality, or some praiseworthy thing, that he is made a chief who becomes a chief: thus Ibn-Es-Seeráfee explains this verse. (TA.) And one says, ↓ أَتَيْتُهُ ذَا صَبُوحٍ, not used otherwise than adverbially, meaning the same as ذَا صَبَاحٍ, expl. above; (K;) and ↓ ذَاتَ الصَّبُوحِ in the morning, or first part of day, before sunrise: (IAar, TA:) or ↓ ذَا صَبُوحٍ [properly means] in a time of drinking the [morning-draught called]

صَبُوح. (TA.) And يَوْمِ كَذَا ↓ أَتَيْتُهُ صَبِيحَةَ [I came to him in the dawn, or in the morning, or forenoon, of such a day]: (A:) and ↓ أُصْبُوحَةَ كُلِّ يَوْمٍ [in the morning of every day]; and in like manner, أُمْسِيَّةَ كُلِّ يَوْمٍ. (S.) And أَتَيْتُهُ صَبَاحَ مَسَآءَ, (Sb, A, TA,) for صَبَاحًا وَمَسَآءً, [I came to him morning and evening,] meaning every morning and evening: (Sharh esh-Shudhoor, p.

31:) the two nouns are thus constructed by some of the Arabs, after the manner of خَمْسَةَ عَشَرَ: but some prefix the former noun to the other, putting the latter in the gen. case, except when the expression is used as a denotative of state, or adverbially: (TA:) [or, accord. to IHsh,] صَبَاحَ مَسَآءٍ is allowable as [an adverbial expression] meaning صَبَاحَ ذَا مَسَآءٍ [lit. in a morning having an evening, or in a forenoon having an afternoon]; and a similar instance occurs in the Kur, ch. lxxix. last verse. (Sharh esh-Shudhoor, ubi suprà.) b3: يَوْمُ الصَّبَاحِ means (tropical:) The day of the hostile, or predatory, incursion. (S, A, K.) The Arabs, when suddenly attacked in the morning by a troop of horsemen, cry aloud, يَا صَبَاحَاهْ (assumed tropical:) [O! a hostile, or predatory, incursion!]; warning the whole tribe: (TA:) this is said by him who calls for aid: (JM:) for they generally made a hostile, or predatory, incursion in the morning: (TA, JM:) or, as some say, the two conflicting parties used, when night came, to abstain; and when day returned, they recommenced; so that the case is as though he who said thus meant, The time of the صَبَاح [or morning] has come, therefore prepare yourselves for fighting. (JM.) صُبَاحٌ The شُعلَة [or lighted wick] of a قِنْدِيل [or lamp]. (K.) [See also مِصْبَاحٌ.]

A2: And I. q.

صَبِيحٌ, q. v. (Ks, S, K.) صَبُوحٌ A morning draught; i. e. a draught, drink, or potation, that is drunk in the morning, or first part of day, before sunrise, (S, A, Msb, TA,) and afterwards, before noon; (TA;) contr. of غَبُوقٌ: (S, A:) and whatever is eaten, or drunk, in the morning, or first part of day, before sunrise; contr. of غَبُوقٌ: (TA:) [and particularly] milk that is drunk at that time: (AHeyth, L:) milk, or wine, that is drunk at that time: or what is drunk at that time hot: (L:) milk that is milked at that time: (K:) and شَرَاب [i. e. beverage, or wine,] that people have, (K, TA,) and drink, (TA,) in the morning: (K, TA:) pl. صَبَائِحُ. (TA.) أَعَنْ صَبُوحٍ تُرَقِّقُ [Dost thou make a delicate allusion to a morningdraught?] is a prov., [the origin of which is expl. in art. رق, q. v.,] applied to him who speaks obscurely, not plainly; and to him who alludes ambiguously to some great thing or affair; and to him who by blandishing expressions makes a thing incumbent on thee which is not really so. (TA.) b2: See also صَبَاحٌ, in three places. b3: Accord. to Lth, it signifies [absolutely] Wine. (T, TA.) b4: And The quantity of milk of a camel that is drawn at dawn, or in the first part of day; and so ↓ صُبْحَةٌ. (TA.) A2: Also A she-camel that is milked at dawn, or in the forenoon, (Lh, AHeyth, K,) or in the morning, or first part of day, before sunrise; and so with ة. (K.) صَبِيحٌ (S, A, Mgh, Msb, K) and ↓ صُبَاحٌ (Ks, S, K) and ↓ صُبَّاحٌ and ↓ صَبْحَانُ (K) Beautiful, comely, (S, A, Mgh, K,) pretty, or elegant; (S, A, K;) as some say, peculiarly in the face; (TA;) or applied to the face: (A:) or bright (Msb, TA) in the face: (Msb:) the first is expl. by Lth as signifying fair of face: fem. صَبِيحَةٌ and صُبَاحَةٌ: and the pl. of صَبِيحٌ and صُبَاحٌ, and of their fems. here mentioned, is صِبَاحٌ. (L. TA.) صَبَاحَةٌ Beauty, comeliness, prettiness, or elegance; (S, A, K;) as some say, peculiarly in the face: (TA:) or brightness in the face: (Msb:) it is said that صَبَاحَة is in the face; وَضَآءَة, in the skin; جَمَال, in the nose; حَلَاوَة, in the eye; مَلَاحَة, in the mouth; ظَرْف, in the tongue; رَشَاقَة, in the stature; لَبَاقَة, in the qualities of the mind; and that the completion of beauty is in the hair. (L, TA.) [See 1, last sentence.]

صَبِيحَةٌ: see صُبْحٌ: and صَبَاحٌ, in two places.

صُبَاحِىٌّ Intensely red blood: (K, TA:) from

أَصْبَحُ signifying one “ whose hair is overspread with redness. ” (TA.) A2: أَسِنَّةٌ صُبَاحِيَّةٌ Wide spear-heads. (K, TA. [In the CK the latter word is without teshdeed.]) ISd says, I know not the person or thing in relation whereto they are thus called. (TA.) [See also مِصْبَاحٌ.]

صُبَّاحٌ: see صَبِيحٌ.

صَابِحٌ [Giving to drink a morning-draught, or what is termed a صَبُوح: act. part. n. of 1, q. v.: see also Ham p. 66. And] One who waters his camels in the morning, between day-break and sunrise. (TA. [See صَبْحَةٌ.]) b2: And (assumed tropical:) One who makes a hostile, or predatory, incursion upon a people in the morning; as though he made it to be to them a صَبُوح. (Ham p. 66.) b3: الحَقُّ الصَّابِحُ (tropical:) The plain, manifest, clear, truth. (K, * TA.) أَصْبَحُ Of a black colour inclining to redness: (K:) or having redness intermixed in his black hair: (Sh, TA:) or whose hair, or beard, has a red hue overspreading it: (Aboo-Nasr, Sh, TA:) or having hair intensely red: (TA:) it is nearly the same as أَصْهَبُ: (Lth, S:) and is an epithet applied to a man and to a lion: (S:) and to hair as meaning having whiteness naturally intermixed in it with redness; (K, TA;) of whatever kind it be: (TA:) fem. صَبْحَآءُ: (K:) and pl. صُبْحٌ: (TA:) and hence [accord. to some] ↓ الصُّبْحُ meaning “ the dawn; ” for, as Az says, the colour of the true dawn inclines a little to redness. (TA.) [Hence, because of his colour,] الأَصْبَحُ signifies The lion. (K.) In the phrase أُسُودٌ صُبْحٌ, the epithet is added as a corroborative. (Z, TA.) b2: And the fem., صَبْحَآءُ signifies A female conspicuous, or clear, or fair, in the جَبِين [or side of the forehead]. (TA.) أَصْبَحِىٌّ A whip: (S, K:) and سِيَاطٌ أَصْبَحِيَّةٌ certain whips: (AO, S, TA:) so called in relation to ذُو أَصْبَحَ, one of the Kings of El-Yemen, (AO, S, K, TA,) of Himyer. (TA.) إِصْبَاحٌ: see صُبْحٌ, in two places. b2: It is said to signify also Darkness; contr. of صُبْحٌ, which is its primary signification: and accord. to EshShereeshee, redness of the hair. (Har p. 284.) أُصْبُوحَةٌ: see صَبَاحٌ, in two places.

تَصْبِيحٌ The morning meal, that is eaten between daybreak and sunrise; syn. غَدَآءٌ: (A, K:) a subst. of the measure تَفْعِيلٌ, (K, TA,) similar to تَرْعِيبٌ &c.: pl. تَصَابِيحُ. (A, TA.) One says, قَرَّبَ إِلَى الضُّيُوفِ تَصَابِيحَهُمْ [He brought near to the guests, or put before them, their early morning-meals]. (A, TA.) مَصْبَحٌ, (S, Msb, and some copies of the K,) formed from the unaugmented verb, (S, Msb,) and ↓ مُصْبَحٌ, (S, Msb, K,) formed from the augmented verb أَصْبَحَ, (S, Msb,) The place of entering upon the time of morning called صَبَاح: and the time of entering upon the same: (S, Msb, K:) or the former signifies i. q. صَبَاحٌ, and the time thereof, and the place thereof. (Marg. note in a copy of the S.) See also صَبَاحٌ.

مُصْبَحٌ: see the next preceding paragraph: and see also صُبْحٌ, in two places.

مِصْبَحٌ: see the paragraph here following, in four places.

مِصْبَاحٌ A lamp: or its lighted wick: syn. سِرَاجٌ: (S, K:) the latter is the proper meaning (L) [though not the more usual], and is the meaning intended in the Kur xxiv. 35, (Bd, L, Jel,) or a large, bright, or brilliant, سِرَاج: (Bd:) and ↓ مِصْبَحٌ signifies a lamp: (L:) [the pl. of this is مَصَابِحُ: and] the pl. of مِصْبَاحٌ is مَصَابِيحُ. (Msb.) — مَصَابِيحُ النُّجُومِ means أَعْلَامُ الكَوَاكِبِ [i. e. (assumed tropical:) The stars, or asterisms, that are signs of the way to travellers]. (L, TA.) A2: Also A large [drinking-vessel of the kind called] قَدَح; (AHn, K;) and so ↓ مِصْبَحٌ: (K:) or مَصَابِيحُ [the pl. of the former] signifies the [vessels called] أَقْدَاح [pl. of قَدَح] with which one drinks the morning-draught called صَبُوح. (S.) b2: And A she-camel that remains in the morning in the place where she has lain down, (S, K, TA,) not going forth to pasture, (S, TA,) until the sun has risen high, (S, K, TA,) by reason of her strength (K, TA) and her fatness: (TA:) the quality thus described is approved: (As, S, TA:) and such a she-camel is also termed ↓ مِصْبَحٌ: pl. of the former as above. (TA.) b3: And A wide spear-head; (K, TA;) [app. of such as are termed أَسِنَّةٌ صُبَاحِيَّةٌ;] as also ↓ مِصْبَحٌ. (TA.) مُصْطَبِحٌ Drinking a morning-draught, or what is termed a صَبُوح. (S, K. [See also صَبْحَانُ, first sentence.])
Twitter/X
Learn Quranic Arabic from scratch with our innovative book! (written by the creator of this website)
Available in both paperback and Kindle formats.